branch to merge video preview in song menu

git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/branches/experimental@2411 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c

33 files changed, 16176 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1333b4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1466 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenCredits;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  SDL_Image,
+  gl,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UTexture,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UThemes,
+  UPath,
+  UGraphicClasses;
+
+type
+  TCreditsStages=(InitialDelay, Intro, MainPart, Outro);
+
+  TScreenCredits = class(TMenu)
+    public
+
+      Credits_X:     real;
+      Credits_Time:  cardinal;
+      Credits_Alpha: cardinal;
+      CTime:         cardinal;
+      CTime_hold:    cardinal;
+      ESC_Alpha:     integer;
+
+      credits_entry:       TTexture;
+      credits_entry_dx:    TTexture;
+      credits_bg_tex:      TTexture;
+      credits_bg_ovl:      TTexture;
+      //credits_bg_logo:   TTexture;
+      credits_bg_scrollbox_left: TTexture;
+      credits_blindguard:  TTexture;
+      credits_blindy:      TTexture;
+      credits_canni:       TTexture;
+      credits_commandio:   TTexture;
+      credits_lazyjoker:   TTexture;
+      credits_mog:         TTexture;
+      credits_mota:        TTexture;
+      credits_skillmaster: TTexture;
+      credits_whiteshark:  TTexture;
+      intro_layer01:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer02:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer03:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer04:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer05:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer06:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer07:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer08:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer09:       TTexture;
+      outro_bg:            TTexture;
+      outro_esc:           TTexture;
+      outro_exd:           TTexture;
+
+      deluxe_slidein: cardinal;
+
+      CurrentScrollText:      string;
+      NextScrollUpdate:       real;
+      EndofLastScrollingPart: cardinal;
+      CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd: integer;
+
+      CRDTS_Stage: TCreditsStages;
+
+      Fadeout: boolean;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+      procedure DrawCredits;
+      procedure Draw_FunkyText;
+   end;
+
+const
+  Funky_Text: string =
+    'Grandma Deluxe has arrived! Thanks to Corvus5 for the massive work on UltraStar, Wome for the nice tune you are hearing, '+
+    'all the people who put massive effort and work in new songs (do not forget UltraStar w/o songs would be nothing), ppl from '+
+    'irc helping us - eBandit and Gabari, scene ppl who really helped instead of compiling and running away. Greetings to DennisTheMenace for betatesting, '+
+    'Demoscene.tv, pouet.net, KakiArts, Sourceforge,..';
+
+  CRDTS_BG_FILE           = 'credits_v5_bg.png';
+  CRDTS_OVL_FILE          = 'credits_v5_overlay.png';
+  CRDTS_blindguard_FILE   = 'names_blindguard.png';
+  CRDTS_blindy_FILE       = 'names_blindy.png';
+  CRDTS_canni_FILE        = 'names_canni.png';
+  CRDTS_commandio_FILE    = 'names_commandio.png';
+  CRDTS_lazyjoker_FILE    = 'names_lazyjoker.png';
+  CRDTS_mog_FILE          = 'names_mog.png';
+  CRDTS_mota_FILE         = 'names_mota.png';
+  CRDTS_skillmaster_FILE  = 'names_skillmaster.png';
+  CRDTS_whiteshark_FILE   = 'names_whiteshark.png';
+  INTRO_L01_FILE          = 'intro-l-01.png';
+  INTRO_L02_FILE          = 'intro-l-02.png';
+  INTRO_L03_FILE          = 'intro-l-03.png';
+  INTRO_L04_FILE          = 'intro-l-04.png';
+  INTRO_L05_FILE          = 'intro-l-05.png';
+  INTRO_L06_FILE          = 'intro-l-06.png';
+  INTRO_L07_FILE          = 'intro-l-07.png';
+  INTRO_L08_FILE          = 'intro-l-08.png';
+  INTRO_L09_FILE          = 'intro-l-09.png';
+  OUTRO_BG_FILE           = 'outro-bg.png';
+  OUTRO_ESC_FILE          = 'outro-esc.png';
+  OUTRO_EXD_FILE          = 'outro-exit-dark.png';
+
+  Timings: array[0..21] of cardinal=(
+     20,   //  0 Delay before Start
+
+    149,   //  1 End first Intro Zoom
+    155,   //  2 Start 2. Action in Intro
+    170,   //  3 End Separation in Intro
+    271,   //  4 beginning Zoomout in Intro
+      0,   //  5 unused
+    261,   //  6 Start fade-to-white in Intro
+
+    271,   //  7 Start Main Part
+    280,   //  8 Start On-Beat-Star Main Part
+
+    396,   //  9 Start BlindGuard
+    666,   // 10 Start blindy
+    936,   // 11 Start Canni
+   1206,   // 12 Start Commandio
+   1476,   // 13 Start LazyJoker
+   1746,   // 14 Start Mog
+   2016,   // 15 Start Mota
+   2286,   // 16 Start SkillMaster
+   2556,   // 17 Start WhiteShark
+   2826,   // 18 Ende Whiteshark
+   3096,   // 19 Start FadeOut Mainscreen
+   3366,   // 20 Ende Credits Tune
+     60);  // 21 start flare in intro
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  ULog,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  USongs,
+  Textgl,
+  ULanguage,
+  UCommon,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+function TScreenCredits.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        end;
+{
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+         begin
+           setlength(CTime_hold,length(CTime_hold)+1);
+           CTime_hold[high(CTime_hold)]:=CTime;
+         end;
+}
+     end; // esac
+    end;  // fi
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenCredits.Create;
+var
+  CreditsPath: IPath;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  CreditsPath := ResourcesPath.Append('credits', pdAppend);
+
+  credits_bg_tex := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_BG_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  credits_bg_ovl := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_OVL_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  credits_blindguard  := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_blindguard_FILE),  TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_blindy      := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_blindy_FILE),      TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_canni       := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_canni_FILE),       TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_commandio   := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_commandio_FILE),   TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_lazyjoker   := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_lazyjoker_FILE),   TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_mog         := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_mog_FILE),         TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_mota        := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_mota_FILE),        TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_skillmaster := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_skillmaster_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  credits_whiteshark  := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_whiteshark_FILE),  TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  intro_layer01 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L01_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer02 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L02_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer03 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L03_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer04 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L04_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer05 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L05_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer06 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L06_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer07 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L07_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer08 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L08_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer09 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L09_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  outro_bg  := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_BG_FILE),  TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  outro_esc := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_ESC_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  outro_exd := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_EXD_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  CRDTS_Stage:=InitialDelay;
+end;
+
+function TScreenCredits.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  DrawCredits;
+  Draw := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  CRDTS_Stage    := InitialDelay;
+  Credits_X      := 580;
+  deluxe_slidein := 0;
+  Credits_Alpha  := 0;
+//  Music.SetLoop(true); loop loops not, shit
+  AudioPlayback.Open(soundpath.Append('wome-credits-tune.mp3')); // thank you wetue
+//  Music.Play;
+  CTime := 0;
+//  setlength(CTime_hold,0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.OnHide;
+begin
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+end;
+
+Procedure TScreenCredits.Draw_FunkyText;
+var
+  S:           integer;
+  X, Y, A:     real;
+  visibleText: string;
+begin
+  SetFontSize(30);
+
+  // init ScrollingText
+  if (CTime = Timings[7]) then
+  begin
+    // set position of text
+    Credits_X          := 600;
+    CurrentScrollStart := 1;
+    CurrentScrollEnd   := 1;
+  end;
+
+  if (CTime > Timings[7]) and
+     (CurrentScrollStart < length(Funky_Text)) then
+  begin
+    X := 0;
+    visibleText := Copy(Funky_Text, CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd);
+
+    for S := 1 to length(visibleText) do
+    begin
+      Y := abs(sin((Credits_X + X) * 0.93 { * (((Credits_X + X)) / 1200) } / 100 * pi));
+      SetFontPos(Credits_X + X, 538 - Y * (Credits_X + X) * (Credits_X + X) * (Credits_X + X) / 1000000);
+
+      if (Credits_X + X > 32) then
+        A := 17
+      else if (Credits_X + X >= 15) then
+        A := Credits_X + X - 15
+      else
+        A := 0;
+
+      glColor4f(230 / 255 - 40 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/  900,
+                200 / 255 - 30 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 1000,
+                155 / 255 - 20 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 1100,
+                  A / 17);
+      glPrint(visibleText[S]);
+      X := X + glTextWidth(visibleText[S]);
+    end;
+
+    if (Credits_X < 0) and (CurrentScrollStart < length(Funky_Text)) then
+    begin
+      Credits_X := Credits_X + glTextWidth(Funky_Text[CurrentScrollStart]);
+      inc(CurrentScrollStart);
+    end;
+
+    visibleText := Copy(Funky_Text, CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd);
+
+    if (Credits_X + glTextWidth(visibleText) < 600) and
+       (CurrentScrollEnd < length(Funky_Text)) then
+    begin
+      inc(CurrentScrollEnd);
+    end;
+  end;
+{
+// timing hack
+  X:=5;
+  SetFontStyle(2);
+  SetFontItalic(false);
+  SetFontSize(27);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  for S := 0 to high(CTime_hold) do
+  begin
+    visibleText := inttostr(CTime_hold[S]);
+    SetFontPos (500, X);
+    glPrint(visibleText[0]);
+    X := X + 20;
+  end;
+}
+end;
+
+procedure Start3D;
+begin
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPushMatrix;
+  glLoadIdentity;
+  glFrustum(-0.3 * 4 / 3, 0.3 * 4 / 3, -0.3, 0.3, 1, 1000);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+  glLoadIdentity;
+end;
+
+procedure End3D;
+begin
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPopMatrix;
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawCredits;
+var
+  T:       cardinal;
+  Data:    TFFTData;
+  j, k, l: cardinal;
+  f, g:    real;
+  STime:   cardinal;
+  Delay:   cardinal;
+  myScale: real;
+  myAngle: real;
+const
+  myLogoCoords: array[0..27,0..1] of cardinal = (
+    ( 39,32),( 84,32),(100,16),(125,24),
+    (154,31),(156,58),(168,32),(203,36),
+    (258,34),(251,50),(274,93),(294,84),
+    (232,54),(278,62),(319,34),(336,92),
+    (347,23),(374,32),(377,58),(361,83),
+    (385,91),(405,91),(429,35),(423,51),
+    (450,32),(485,34),(444,91),(486,93)
+  );
+begin
+  // dis does teh muiwk y0r   to be translated :-)
+  AudioPlayback.GetFFTData(Data);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-1');
+
+  T := SDL_GetTicks() div 33;
+  if T <> Credits_Time then
+  begin
+    Credits_Time := T;
+    inc(CTime);
+    inc(CTime_hold);
+    Credits_X := Credits_X-2;
+    
+    Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-2');
+    if (CRDTS_Stage=InitialDelay) and (CTime = Timings[0]) then
+    begin
+//      CTime := Timings[20];
+//      CRDTS_Stage := Outro;
+      CRDTS_Stage := Intro;
+      CTime := 0;
+      AudioPlayback.Play;
+    end;
+    if (CRDTS_Stage = Intro) and (CTime = Timings[7]) then
+    begin
+      CRDTS_Stage := MainPart;
+    end;
+    if (CRDTS_Stage = MainPart) and (CTime = Timings[20]) then
+    begin
+      CRDTS_Stage := Outro;
+    end;
+  end;
+  
+  Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-3');
+
+  // draw background
+  if CRDTS_Stage = InitialDelay then
+  begin
+    glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+    glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+  end
+  else
+  if CRDTS_Stage = Intro then
+  begin
+    Start3D;
+    glPushMatrix;
+
+    glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+    glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+    if CTime < Timings[1] then
+    begin
+      myScale := 0.5 + 0.5 * (Timings[1] - CTime) / (Timings[1]); // slowly move layers together
+      myAngle := cos((CTime) * pi / ((Timings[1]) * 2));          // and make logo face towards camera
+    end
+    else
+    begin // this is the part when the logo stands still
+      myScale := 0.5;
+      myAngle := 0;
+    end;
+    if CTime > Timings[2] then
+    begin
+      myScale := 0.5 + 0.5 * (CTime - Timings[2]) / (Timings[3] - Timings[2]); // get some space between layers
+      myAngle := 0;
+    end;
+//    if CTime > Timings[3] then myScale := 1; // keep the space between layers
+    glTranslatef(0, 0, -5 + 0.5 * myScale);
+    if CTime > Timings[3] then
+      myScale := 1; // keep the space between layers
+    if CTime > Timings[3] then
+    begin // make logo rotate left and grow
+//      myScale := (CTime - Timings[4]) / (Timings[7] - Timings[4]);
+      glRotatef(20 * sqr(CTime - Timings[3]) / sqr((Timings[7] - Timings[3]) / 2), 0, 0, 1);
+      glScalef(1 + sqr(CTime - Timings[3]) / (32 * (Timings[7] - Timings[3])), 1 + sqr(CTime - Timings[3]) / (32 * (Timings[7] - Timings[3])), 1);
+    end;
+    if CTime < Timings[2] then
+      glRotatef(30 * myAngle, 0.5 * myScale + myScale, 1 + myScale, 0);
+//    glScalef(0.5, 0.5, 0.5);
+    glScalef(4/3, -1, 1);
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer01.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.4 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.4 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.4 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.4 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer02.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.3 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.3 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.3 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.3 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer03.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.2 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.2 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.2 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.2 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer04.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.1 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.1 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.1 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.1 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer05.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer06.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.1 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.1 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.1 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.1 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer07.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.2 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.2 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.2 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.2 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer08.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.3 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.3 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.3 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.3 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer09.TexNum);
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.22 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.22 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.22 * myScale);
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.22 * myScale);
+    glEnd;
+    gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+    glPopMatrix;
+    End3D;
+
+    // do some sparkling effects
+    if (CTime < Timings[1]) and (CTime > Timings[21]) then
+    begin
+      for k:= 1 to 3 do
+      begin
+         l := 410 + floor((CTime - Timings[21]) / (Timings[1] - Timings[21]) * (536 - 410)) + RandomRange(-5, 5);
+         j := floor((Timings[1] - CTime) / 22) + RandomRange(285, 301);
+         GoldenRec.Spawn(l, j, 1, 16, 0, -1, Flare, 0);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // fade to white at end
+    if Ctime > Timings[6] then
+    begin
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, sqr(CTime - Timings[6]) * (CTime - Timings[6]) / sqr(Timings[7] - Timings[6]));
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+        glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+        glVertex2f(800, 600);
+        glVertex2f(800,   0);
+      glEnd;
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    end;
+
+    end;
+    if (CRDTS_Stage=MainPart) then
+      // main credits screen background, scroller, logo and girl
+      begin
+
+        glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+        glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_tex.TexNum);
+        glbegin(gl_quads);
+          glTexCoord2f(       0,        0); glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+          glTexCoord2f(       0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+          glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800, 600);
+          glTexCoord2f(800/1024,        0); glVertex2f(800,   0);
+        glEnd;
+        glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        // draw scroller
+        Draw_FunkyText;
+
+    //#########################################################################
+    // draw credits names
+
+    Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-4');
+
+    // BlindGuard (rotate in from upper left, rotate out to lower right)
+    STime := Timings[9] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[10] - Timings[9];
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+	j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+	  j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+	else
+	  j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(0, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        glrotatef((CTime - STime) * 9 + 270, 0, 0, 1);
+      gltranslatef(223, 0, 0);
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+        begin
+          gltranslatef(223, 0, 0);
+          glrotatef((integer(CTime) - (integer(STime + Delay) - 10)) * -9, 0, 0, 1);
+          gltranslatef(-223, 0, 0);
+        end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_blindguard.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // Blindy (zoom from 0 to full size and rotation, zoom zo doubble size and shift to upper right)
+    STime := Timings[10] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[11] - Timings[10] + 5;
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+            k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime+20) and (CTime<=STime+22) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 20 then
+      begin
+        j := CTime - Stime;
+        glscalef(j * j / 400, j * j / 400, j * j / 400);
+        glrotatef(j * 18.0, 0, 0, 1);
+      end;
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+        begin
+          j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10);
+          f := j * 10.0;
+          gltranslatef(f * 3, -f, 0);
+          glscalef(1 + j / 10, 1 + j / 10, 1 + j / 10);
+          glrotatef(j * 9.0, 0, 0, 1);
+        end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_blindy.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // Canni  (shift in from left, shift out to upper right)
+    STime := Timings[11] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[12] - Timings[11] + 5;
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+      begin
+        gltranslatef(((CTime - STime) * 21.0) - 210, 0, 0);
+      end;
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+	begin
+	  j := (CTime - (STime + Delay - 10)) * 21;
+	  gltranslatef(j, -j / 2, 0);
+	end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_canni.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // Commandio  (flip in from down, flip out to upper right)
+    STime := Timings[12] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[13] - Timings[12];
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+            k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        f := 258.0 - 25.8 * (CTime - STime)
+      else
+        f := 0;
+      g := 0;
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+        begin
+          j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10);
+          g := 32.6 * j;
+        end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_commandio.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163 + g - f * 1.5,     -129 + f * 1.5 - g/2);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163 + g * 1.5,          129 - (g * 1.5 * 258 / 326));
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163 + g,                129 + g / 4);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163 + f * 1.5 + g / 4, -129 + f * 1.5 - g / 4);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // lazy joker  (just scrolls from left to right, no twinkling stars, no on-beat flashing)
+    STime := Timings[13] - 35;
+    Delay := Timings[14] - Timings[13] + 5;
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) > 10) and ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      ESC_Alpha := 10;
+      f := CTime - STime;
+      if CTime <= STime + 40 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 40;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 40) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j * j / 1600);
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(180 + (f - 70), 329, 0);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_lazyjoker.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // Mog (flip in from right, flip out to lower right)
+    STime := Timings[14] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[15] - Timings[14] + 5;
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        f := 326.0 - 32.6 * (CTime - STime)
+      else
+        f := 0;
+
+      g := 0;
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+	begin
+	  j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10);
+	  g := 32.6 * j;
+	end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_mog.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163 + g * 1.5,     -129 + g * 1.5);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163 + g * 1.2,      129 + g);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163 - f + g / 2,    129 + f * 1.5 + g / 4);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163 - f + g * 1.5, -129 - f * 1.5);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // Mota (rotate in from upper right, shift out to lower left while shrinking and rotateing)
+    STime := Timings[15] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[16] - Timings[15] + 5;
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+      begin
+        gltranslatef(223, 0, 0);
+        glrotatef((10 - (CTime - STime)) * 9, 0, 0, 1);
+        gltranslatef(-223, 0, 0);
+      end;
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+        begin
+          j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10);
+          f := j * 10.0;
+          gltranslatef(-f * 2, -f, 0);
+          glscalef(1 - j / 10, 1 - j / 10, 1 - j / 10);
+          glrotatef(-j * 9.0, 0, 0, 1);
+        end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_mota.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // Skillmaster (shift in from lower right, rotate out to upper right)
+    STime := Timings[16] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[17] - Timings[16] + 5;
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+      begin
+        j := STime + 10 - CTime;
+        f := j * 10.0;
+        gltranslatef(+f * 2, +f / 2, 0);
+      end;
+      if CTime >= STime + Delay - 10 then
+        if CTime <= STime + Delay then
+        begin
+          j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10);
+          gltranslatef(0, -223, 0);
+          glrotatef(integer(j) * -9, 0, 0, 1);
+          gltranslatef(0, 223, 0);
+          glrotatef(j * 9, 0, 0, 1);
+        end;
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_skillmaster.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163, -129);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163,  129);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163, -129);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+    // WhiteShark (flip in from lower left, flip out to upper right)
+    STime := Timings[17] - 10;
+    Delay := Timings[18] - Timings[17];
+    if CTime > STime then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      ESC_Alpha := 20;
+
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.25 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 5
+      else
+        inc(ESC_Alpha);
+      if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if ((CTime - STime) < 20) then
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        j := CTime - STime
+      else
+        j := 10;
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) then
+        if (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+          j := (STime + Delay) - CTime
+        else
+          j := 0;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20 * j / 10);
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + 10) and (CTime <= STime + 12) then
+      begin
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+        GoldenRec.Spawn(RandomRange(65,390), RandomRange(200,460), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      end;
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      gltranslatef(223, 329, 0);
+      if CTime <= STime + 10 then
+        f := 326.0 - 32.6 * (CTime - STime)
+      else
+        f := 0;
+
+      if (CTime >= STime + Delay - 10) and (CTime <= STime + Delay) then
+      begin
+        j := CTime - (STime + Delay - 10);
+        g := 32.6 * j;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        g := 0;
+      end;
+
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_whiteshark.TexNum);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glbegin(gl_quads);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-163 - f       + g,     -129 + f / 4   - g / 2);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-163 - f / 4   + g,      129 + g / 2   + f / 4);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( 163 - f * 1.2 + g / 4,  129 + f / 2   - g / 4);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( 163 - f * 1.5 + g / 4, -129 + f * 1.5 + g / 4);
+      glEnd;
+      gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+      gldisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end;
+
+   Log.LogStatus('', ' JB-103');
+
+    // ####################################################################
+    // do some twinkle stuff (kinda on beat)
+
+    if (CTime > Timings[8] ) and
+       (CTime < Timings[19]) then
+    begin
+      k := 0;
+      
+      try
+      for j := 0 to 40 do
+      begin
+        if (j < length(Data)) and
+           (k < length(Data)) then
+        begin
+          if Data[j] >= Data[k] then
+             k := j;
+        end;
+      end;
+      except
+      end;
+
+      if Data[k] > 0.2 then
+      begin
+         l := RandomRange(6, 16);
+         j := RandomRange(0, 27);
+         
+         GoldenRec.Spawn(myLogoCoords[j,0], myLogoCoords[j,1], 16-l, l, 0, -1, PerfectNote, 0);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    //#################################################
+    // draw the rest of the main screen (girl and logo)
+    
+        glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+        glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_ovl.TexNum);
+        glbegin(gl_quads);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0,        0); glVertex2f(800-393,   0);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800-393, 600);
+          glTexCoord2f(393/512, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800,     600);
+          glTexCoord2f(393/512,        0); glVertex2f(800,       0);
+        glEnd;
+
+{
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_logo.TexNum);
+        glbegin(gl_quads);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0,       0); glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0, 112/128); glVertex2f(  0, 112);
+          glTexCoord2f(497/512, 112/128); glVertex2f(497, 112);
+          glTexCoord2f(497/512,       0); glVertex2f(497,   0);
+        glEnd;
+}
+        
+        gldisable(gl_texture_2d);
+        glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        // fade out at end of main part
+        if Ctime > Timings[19] then
+        begin
+          glColor4f(0, 0, 0, (CTime - Timings[19]) / (Timings[20] - Timings[19]));
+          glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+            glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+            glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+            glVertex2f(800, 600);
+            glVertex2f(800,   0);
+          glEnd;
+          glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+        end;
+      end
+    else
+    if (CRDTS_Stage = Outro) then
+    begin
+      if CTime = Timings[20] then
+      begin
+        CTime_hold := 0;
+        AudioPlayback.Stop;
+        AudioPlayback.Open(SoundPath.Append('credits-outro-tune.mp3'));
+        AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0.2);
+        AudioPlayback.SetLoop(true);
+        AudioPlayback.Play;
+      end;
+      if CTime_hold > 231 then
+       begin
+        AudioPlayback.Play;
+        Ctime_hold := 0;
+      end;
+      glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+      glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+
+      // do something useful
+        // outro background
+        glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+        glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_bg.TexNum);
+        glbegin(gl_quads);
+          glTexCoord2f(       0,        0); glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+          glTexCoord2f(       0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+          glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800, 600);
+          glTexCoord2f(800/1024,        0); glVertex2f(800,   0);
+        glEnd;
+
+        // outro overlays
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, (1 + sin(CTime / 15)) / 3 + 1/3);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_esc.TexNum);
+        glbegin(gl_quads);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0,       0); glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0, 223/256); glVertex2f(  0, 223);
+          glTexCoord2f(487/512, 223/256); glVertex2f(487, 223);
+          glTexCoord2f(487/512,       0); glVertex2f(487,   0);
+        glEnd;
+
+        ESC_Alpha := 20;
+        if (RandomRange(0,20) > 18) and (ESC_Alpha = 20) then
+          ESC_Alpha := 0
+        else
+          inc(ESC_Alpha);
+        if ESC_Alpha > 20 then
+          ESC_Alpha := 20;
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, ESC_Alpha / 20);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_exd.TexNum);
+        glbegin(gl_quads);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0,       0); glVertex2f(800-310, 600-247);
+          glTexCoord2f(      0, 247/256); glVertex2f(800-310, 600    );
+          glTexCoord2f(310/512, 247/256); glVertex2f(800,     600    );
+          glTexCoord2f(310/512,       0); glVertex2f(800,     600-247);
+        glEnd;
+        glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        // outro scrollers?
+        // ...
+    end;
+
+{
+   // draw credits runtime counter
+    SetFontStyle (2);
+    SetFontItalic(false);
+    SetFontSize(27);
+    SetFontPos (5, 5);
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+//    RuntimeStr := 'CTime: ' + inttostr(floor(CTime / 30.320663991914489602156136106092)) + '.' + inttostr(floor(CTime / 3.0320663991914489602156136106092) - floor(CTime / 30.320663991914489602156136106092) * 10);
+    RuntimeStr := 'CTime: ' + inttostr(CTime);
+    glPrint (RuntimeStr[1]);
+}
+
+  // make the stars shine
+  GoldenRec.Draw;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12e2948c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEdit;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEdit = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextDescription:     integer;
+      TextDescriptionLong: integer;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure InteractNext; override;
+      procedure InteractPrev; override;
+      procedure InteractInc; override;
+      procedure InteractDec; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMusic,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenEdit.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState: word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT +
+    KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT);
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+        // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenEditConvert);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:  InteractInc;
+      SDLK_UP:    InteractDec;
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:  InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEdit.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Edit.TextDescription);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Edit);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonConvert);
+{ Some ideas for more:
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonEditHeaders);
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonAdjustGap);
+}
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonExit);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractNext;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNext;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractPrev;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrev;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractDec;
+begin
+  inherited InteractDec;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractInc;
+begin
+  inherited InteractInc;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b13d410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEditConvert;
+
+{*
+ * See
+ * MIDI Recommended Practice (RP-017): SMF Lyric Meta Event Definition
+ *   http://www.midi.org/techspecs/rp17.php
+ * MIDI Recommended Practice (RP-026): SMF Language and Display Extensions
+ *   http://www.midi.org/techspecs/rp26.php
+ * MIDI File Format
+ *   http://www.sonicspot.com/guide/midifiles.html
+ * KMIDI File Format
+ *   http://gnese.free.fr/Projects/KaraokeTime/Fichiers/karfaq.html
+ *   http://journals.rpungin.fotki.com/karaoke/category/midi
+ *
+ * There are two widely spread karaoke formats:
+ * - KMIDI (.kar), an inofficial midi extension by Tune 1000
+ * - Standard Midi files with lyric meta-tags (SMF with lyrics, .mid).
+ *
+ * KMIDI uses two tracks, the first just contains a header (mostly track 2) and
+ * the second the lyrics (track 3). It uses text meta tags for the lyrics.
+ * SMF uses just one track (normally track 1) and uses lyric meta tags for storage.
+ *
+ * Most files are in the KMIDI format. Some Midi files contain both lyric types.
+ *}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  math,
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiFile,
+  MidiOut,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  ULog,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TMidiNote = record
+    Event:     integer;
+    EventType: integer;
+    Channel:   integer;
+    Start:     real;
+    Len:       real;
+    Data1:     integer;
+    Data2:     integer;
+    Str:       UTF8String; // normally ASCII
+  end;
+
+  TLyricType = (ltKMIDI, ltSMFLyric);
+
+  TTrack = record
+    Note:   array of TMidiNote;
+    Name:   UTF8String; // normally ASCII
+    Status: set of (tsNotes, tsLyrics); //< track contains notes, lyrics or both
+    LyricType: set of TLyricType;
+    NoteType:  (ntNone, ntAvail);
+  end;
+
+  TNote = record
+    Start:    integer;
+    Len:      integer;
+    Tone:     integer;
+    Lyric:    UTF8String;
+    NewSentence:  boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TArrayTrack = array of TTrack;
+
+  TScreenEditConvert = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      Tracks:    TArrayTrack; // current track
+      ColR:      array[0..100] of real;
+      ColG:      array[0..100] of real;
+      ColB:      array[0..100] of real;
+      Len:       real;
+      SelTrack:  integer;     // index of selected track
+      fFileName: IPath;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      MidiFile:  TMidiFile;
+      MidiOut:   TMidiOutput;
+      {$ENDIF}
+
+      BPM:       real;
+      Ticks:     real;
+      Note:      array of TNote;
+
+      procedure AddLyric(Start: integer; LyricType: TLyricType; Text: UTF8String);
+      procedure Extract(out Song: TSong; out Lines: TLines);
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      procedure MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+      {$ENDIF}
+
+      function CountSelectedTracks: integer;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  TextGL,
+  gl,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  UFiles,
+  UGraphic,
+  UIni,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  USkins,
+  ULanguage,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+const
+  // MIDI/KAR lyrics are specified to be ASCII only.
+  // Assume backward compatible CP1252 encoding.
+  DEFAULT_ENCODING = encCP1252;
+
+const
+  MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEOFF    = $8;
+  MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON     = $9;
+  MIDI_EVENTTYPE_META_SYSEX = $F;
+
+  MIDI_EVENT_META = $FF;
+  MIDI_META_TEXT   = $1;
+  MIDI_META_LYRICS = $5;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+var
+  SResult: TSaveSongResult;
+  Playing: boolean;
+  MidiTrack: TMidiTrack;
+  Song:  TSong;
+  Lines: TLines;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+            MidiFile.StopPlaying;
+          {$ENDIF}
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            ScreenOpen.Filename := GamePath.Append('file.mid');
+            ScreenOpen.BackScreen := @ScreenEditConvert;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOpen);
+          end
+          else if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+            begin
+              MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;
+              //MidiFile.GoToTime(MidiFile.GetTrackLength div 2);
+              MidiFile.StartPlaying;
+            end;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end
+          else if Interaction = 2 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+            begin
+              MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+              MidiFile.StartPlaying;
+            end;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end
+          else if Interaction = 3 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            if CountSelectedTracks > 0 then
+            begin
+              Extract(Song, Lines);
+              SResult := SaveSong(Song, Lines, fFileName.SetExtension('.txt'),
+                       false);
+              FreeAndNil(Song);
+              if (SResult = ssrOK) then
+                ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED'))
+              else
+                ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED'));
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('EDITOR_ERROR_NO_TRACK_SELECTED'));
+            end;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+          begin
+            if (Tracks[SelTrack].NoteType = ntAvail) and
+               (Tracks[SelTrack].LyricType <> []) then
+            begin
+              if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes]
+              else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsNotes]) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsLyrics]
+              else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsLyrics]) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes, tsLyrics]
+              else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsNotes, tsLyrics]) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [];
+            end
+            else if (Tracks[SelTrack].NoteType = ntAvail) then
+            begin
+              if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes]
+              else
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [];
+            end
+            else if (Tracks[SelTrack].LyricType <> []) then
+            begin
+              if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsLyrics]
+              else
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [];
+            end;
+
+            Playing := (MidiFile.GetCurrentTime > 0);
+            MidiFile.StopPlaying();
+            MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(SelTrack);
+            if tsNotes in Tracks[SelTrack].Status then
+              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent
+            else
+              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+            if (Playing) then
+              MidiFile.ContinuePlaying();
+          end;
+          {$ENDIF}
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          Inc(SelTrack);
+          if SelTrack > High(Tracks) then
+            SelTrack := 0;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          Dec(SelTrack);
+          if SelTrack < 0 then
+            SelTrack := High(Tracks);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.AddLyric(Start: integer; LyricType: TLyricType; Text: UTF8String);
+var
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  // find corresponding note
+  N := 0;
+  while (N <= High(Note)) do
+  begin
+    if Note[N].Start = Start then
+      Break;
+    Inc(N);
+  end;
+
+  // check if note was found
+  if (N > High(Note)) then
+    Exit;
+  
+  // set text
+  if (LyricType = ltKMIDI) then
+  begin
+    // end of paragraph
+    if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = '\' then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+    end
+    // end of line
+    else if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = '/' then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+      Note[N].NewSentence := true;
+    end;
+  end
+  else // SMFLyric
+  begin
+    // Line Feed -> end of paragraph
+    if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = #$0A then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+    end
+    // Carriage Return -> end of line
+    else if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = #$0D then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+      Note[N].NewSentence := true;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // overwrite lyric or append
+  if Note[N].Lyric = '-' then
+    Note[N].Lyric := Text
+  else
+    Note[N].Lyric := Note[N].Lyric + Text;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.Extract(out Song: TSong; out Lines: TLines);
+
+var
+  T:    integer;
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  Nu:   integer;
+  NoteTemp: TNote;
+  Move: integer;
+  Max, Min: integer;
+  LyricType: TLyricType;
+  Text: UTF8String;
+begin
+  // song info
+  Song := TSong.Create();
+  Song.Clear();
+  Song.Resolution := 4;
+  SetLength(Song.BPM, 1);
+  Song.BPM[0].BPM := BPM*4;
+  SetLength(Note, 0);
+
+  // extract notes
+  for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    if tsNotes in Tracks[T].Status then
+    begin
+      for N := 0 to High(Tracks[T].Note) do
+      begin
+        if (Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON) and
+           (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data2 > 0) then
+        begin
+          Nu := Length(Note);
+          SetLength(Note, Nu + 1);
+          Note[Nu].Start := Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks);
+          Note[Nu].Len := Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Len / Ticks);
+          Note[Nu].Tone := Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 - 12*5;
+          Note[Nu].Lyric := '-';
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // extract lyrics (and artist + title info)
+  for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    if not (tsLyrics in Tracks[T].Status) then
+      Continue;
+
+    for N := 0 to High(Tracks[T].Note) do
+    begin
+      if (Tracks[T].Note[N].Event = MIDI_EVENT_META) then
+      begin
+        // determine and validate lyric meta tag
+        if (ltKMIDI in Tracks[T].LyricType) and
+           (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 = MIDI_META_TEXT) then
+        begin
+          Text := Tracks[T].Note[N].Str;
+          
+          // check for meta info
+          if (Length(Text) > 2) and (Text[1] = '@') then
+          begin
+            case Text[2] of
+              'L': Song.Language := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text)); // language
+              'T': begin // title info
+                if (Song.Artist = '') then
+                  Song.Artist := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text))
+                else if (Song.Title = '') then
+                  Song.Title := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text));
+              end;
+            end;
+            Continue;
+          end;
+
+          LyricType := ltKMIDI;
+        end
+        else if (ltSMFLyric in Tracks[T].LyricType) and
+                (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 = MIDI_META_LYRICS) then
+        begin
+          LyricType := ltSMFLyric;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          // unknown meta event
+          Continue;
+        end;
+
+        AddLyric(Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks), LyricType, Tracks[T].Note[N].Str);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // sort notes
+  for N := 0 to High(Note) do
+    for Nu := 0 to High(Note)-1 do
+      if Note[Nu].Start > Note[Nu+1].Start then
+      begin
+        NoteTemp := Note[Nu];
+        Note[Nu] := Note[Nu+1];
+        Note[Nu+1] := NoteTemp;
+      end;
+
+  // move to 0 at beginning
+  Move := Note[0].Start;
+  for N := 0 to High(Note) do
+    Note[N].Start := Note[N].Start - Move;
+
+  // copy notes
+  SetLength(Lines.Line, 1);
+  Lines.Number     := 1;
+  Lines.High       := 0;
+  Lines.Current    := 0;
+  Lines.Resolution := 0;
+  Lines.NotesGAP   := 0;
+  Lines.ScoreValue := 0;
+
+  C := 0;
+  N := 0;
+  Lines.Line[C].HighNote := -1;
+
+  for Nu := 0 to High(Note) do
+  begin
+    if Note[Nu].NewSentence then // new line
+    begin
+      SetLength(Lines.Line, Length(Lines.Line)+1);
+      Lines.Number := Lines.Number + 1;
+      Lines.High := Lines.High + 1;
+      C := C + 1;
+      N := 0;
+      SetLength(Lines.Line[C].Note, 0);
+      Lines.Line[C].HighNote := -1;
+
+      //Calculate Start of the Last Sentence
+      if (C > 0) and (Nu > 0) then
+      begin
+        Max := Note[Nu].Start;
+        Min := Note[Nu-1].Start + Note[Nu-1].Len;
+        
+        case (Max - Min) of
+          0:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max;
+          1:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max;
+          2:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max - 1;
+          3:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max - 2;
+          else
+            if ((Max - Min) > 4) then
+              Lines.Line[C].Start := Min + 2
+            else
+              Lines.Line[C].Start := Max;
+
+        end; // case
+
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // create space for new note
+    SetLength(Lines.Line[C].Note, Length(Lines.Line[C].Note)+1);
+    Inc(Lines.Line[C].HighNote);
+
+    // initialize note
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Start := Note[Nu].Start;
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Length := Note[Nu].Len;
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Tone := Note[Nu].Tone;
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Text := DecodeStringUTF8(Note[Nu].Lyric, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType := ntNormal;
+    Inc(N);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.CountSelectedTracks: integer;
+var
+  T:    integer; // track
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+    if tsNotes in Tracks[T].Status then
+      Inc(Result);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus(IntToStr(event.event), 'MIDI');
+  try
+    MidiOut.PutShort(event.event, event.data1, event.data2);
+  except
+    MidiFile.StopPlaying();
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+constructor TScreenEditConvert.Create;
+var
+  P:  integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(15, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Open');
+  //Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11;
+
+  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play');
+
+  AddButton(280, 20, 200, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play Selected');
+
+  AddButton(500, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(20, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Save');
+
+  fFileName := PATH_NONE;
+
+  for P := 0 to 100 do
+  begin
+    ColR[P] := Random(10)/10;
+    ColG[P] := Random(10)/10;
+    ColB[P] := Random(10)/10;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.OnShow;
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+var
+  T:    integer; // track
+  N:    integer; // note
+  MidiTrack: TMidiTrack;
+  MidiEvent: PMidiEvent;
+  FileOpened: boolean;
+  KMIDITrackIndex, SMFTrackIndex: integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+  Log.LogInfo(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI');
+  MidiOut.Open;
+  MidiFile := nil;
+  SetLength(Tracks, 0);
+
+  // Filename is only <> PATH_NONE if we called the OpenScreen before
+  fFilename := ScreenOpen.Filename;
+  if (fFilename = PATH_NONE) then
+    Exit;
+  ScreenOpen.Filename := PATH_NONE;
+
+  FileOpened := false;
+  if fFileName.Exists then
+  begin
+    MidiFile := TMidiFile.Create(nil);
+    MidiFile.Filename := fFileName;
+    try
+      MidiFile.ReadFile;
+      FileOpened := true;
+    except
+      MidiFile.Free;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (not FileOpened) then
+  begin
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND'));
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Len := 0;
+  SelTrack := 0;
+  BPM := MidiFile.Bpm;
+  Ticks := MidiFile.TicksPerQuarter / 4;
+
+  KMIDITrackIndex := -1;
+  SMFTrackIndex := -1;
+
+  SetLength(Tracks, MidiFile.NumberOfTracks);
+  for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do
+    Tracks[T].LyricType := [];
+
+  for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do
+  begin
+    MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);
+    MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+    Tracks[T].Name := DecodeStringUTF8(MidiTrack.getName, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+    Tracks[T].NoteType := ntNone;
+    Tracks[T].Status := [];
+
+    SetLength(Tracks[T].Note, MidiTrack.getEventCount());
+    for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do
+    begin
+      MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N);
+
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Start     := MidiEvent.time;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Len       := MidiEvent.len;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Event     := MidiEvent.event;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType := MidiEvent.event shr 4;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Channel   := MidiEvent.event and $0F;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1     := MidiEvent.data1;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Data2     := MidiEvent.data2;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Str       := DecodeStringUTF8(MidiEvent.str, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+
+      if (Tracks[T].Note[N].Event = MIDI_EVENT_META) then
+      begin
+        case (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1) of
+          MIDI_META_TEXT: begin
+            // KMIDI lyrics (uses MIDI_META_TEXT events)
+            if (StrLComp(PAnsiChar(Tracks[T].Note[N].Str), '@KMIDI KARAOKE FILE', 19) = 0) and
+               (High(Tracks) >= T+1) then
+            begin
+              // The '@KMIDI ...' mark is in the first track (mostly named 'Soft Karaoke')
+              // but the lyrics are in the second track (named 'Words')
+              Tracks[T+1].LyricType := Tracks[T+1].LyricType + [ltKMIDI];
+              KMIDITrackIndex := T+1;
+            end;
+          end;
+          MIDI_META_LYRICS: begin
+            // lyrics in Standard Midi File format found (uses MIDI_META_LYRICS events)
+            Tracks[T].LyricType := Tracks[T].LyricType + [ltSMFLyric];
+            SMFTrackIndex := T;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end
+      else if (Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON) then
+      begin
+        // notes available
+        Tracks[T].NoteType := ntAvail;
+      end;
+
+      if Tracks[T].Note[N].Start + Tracks[T].Note[N].Len > Len then
+        Len := Tracks[T].Note[N].Start + Tracks[T].Note[N].Len;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // set default lyric track. Prefer KMIDI.
+  if (KMIDITrackIndex > -1) then
+    Tracks[KMIDITrackIndex].Status := Tracks[KMIDITrackIndex].Status + [tsLyrics]
+  else if (SMFTrackIndex > -1) then
+    Tracks[SMFTrackIndex].Status := Tracks[SMFTrackIndex].Status + [tsLyrics];
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Count:  integer;
+  Count2: integer;
+  Bottom: real;
+  X:      real;
+  Y:      real;
+  Height: real;
+  YSkip:  real;
+begin
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  Y := 100;
+
+  Height := min(480, 40 * Length(Tracks));
+  Bottom := Y + Height;
+
+  YSkip := Height / Length(Tracks);
+
+  // highlight selected track
+  DrawQuad(10, Y+SelTrack*YSkip, 780, YSkip, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
+
+  // track-selection info
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+    if Tracks[Count].Status <> [] then
+      DrawQuad(10, Y + Count*YSkip, 50, YSkip, 0.8, 0.3, 0.3);
+  glColor3f(0, 0, 0);
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    if Tracks[Count].NoteType = ntAvail then
+    begin
+      if tsNotes in Tracks[Count].Status then
+        glColor3f(0, 0, 0)
+      else
+        glColor3f(0.7, 0.7, 0.7);
+      SetFontPos(25, Y + Count*YSkip + 10);
+      SetFontSize(15);
+      glPrint('N');
+    end;
+    if Tracks[Count].LyricType <> [] then
+    begin
+      if tsLyrics in Tracks[Count].Status then
+        glColor3f(0, 0, 0)
+      else
+        glColor3f(0.7, 0.7, 0.7);
+      SetFontPos(40, Y + Count*YSkip + 10);
+      SetFontSize(15);
+      glPrint('L');
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  DrawLine( 10, Y,  10, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+  DrawLine( 60, Y,  60, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+  DrawLine(790, Y, 790, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  for Count := 0 to Length(Tracks) do
+    DrawLine(10, Y + Count*YSkip, 790, Y + Count*YSkip, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    SetFontPos(65, Y + Count*YSkip);
+    SetFontSize(15);
+    glPrint(Tracks[Count].Name);
+  end;
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    for Count2 := 0 to High(Tracks[Count].Note) do
+    begin
+      if Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON then
+        DrawQuad(60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725,
+                 Y + (Count+1)*YSkip - Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Data1*35/127,
+                 3, 3,
+                 ColR[Count], ColG[Count], ColB[Count]);
+      if Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].EventType = 15 then
+        DrawLine(60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, Y + 0.75 * YSkip + Count*YSkip,
+                 60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, Y + YSkip + Count*YSkip,
+                 ColR[Count], ColG[Count], ColB[Count]);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // playing line
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+    X := 60 + MidiFile.GetCurrentTime/MidiFile.GetTrackLength*730;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  DrawLine(X, Y, X, Bottom, 0.3, 0.3, 0.3);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.OnHide;
+begin
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  FreeAndNil(MidiFile);
+  MidiOut.Close;
+  FreeAndNil(MidiOut);
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d697bc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEditHeader;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UPath,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEditHeader = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      CurrentSong:      TSong;
+      TextTitle:        integer;
+      TextArtist:       integer;
+      TextMp3:          integer;
+      TextBackground:   integer;
+      TextVideo:        integer;
+      TextVideoGAP:     integer;
+      TextRelative:     integer;
+      TextResolution:   integer;
+      TextNotesGAP:     integer;
+      TextStart:        integer;
+      TextGAP:          integer;
+      TextBPM:          integer;
+      StaticTitle:      integer;
+      StaticArtist:     integer;
+      StaticMp3:        integer;
+      StaticBackground: integer;
+      StaticVideo:      integer;
+      StaticVideoGAP:   integer;
+      StaticRelative:   integer;
+      StaticResolution: integer;
+      StaticNotesGAP:   integer;
+      StaticStart:      integer;
+      StaticGAP:        integer;
+      StaticBPM:        integer;
+      Sel:              array[0..11] of boolean;
+      procedure SetRoundButtons;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+{      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure Finish;}
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMusic,
+  SysUtils,
+  UFiles,
+  USkins,
+  UTexture,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenEditHeader.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  T:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then    // Key Down
+   begin   // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          //Music.PlayBack;
+          //FadeTo(@MainScreen);
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            //Save;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..0: InteractNext;
+            1:    Interaction := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0:    Interaction := 1;
+            1..1: InteractPrev;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..1:  Interaction := 2;
+            2..12: InteractNext;
+            13:    Interaction := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..1:  Interaction := 13;
+            2:     Interaction := 0;
+            3..13: InteractPrev;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          T := Interaction - 2 + TextTitle;
+          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) and (Length(Text[T].Text) >= 1) then
+          begin
+            Text[T].DeleteLastLetter;
+            SetRoundButtons;            
+          end;
+        end;
+
+    end;
+    case CharCode of
+      32..255:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) then
+          begin
+            Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text :=
+              Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+            SetRoundButtons;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEditHeader.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(15, 5, 'Open');
+
+  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(20, 5, 'Save');
+
+  AddBox(80, 60, 640, 550);
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 0*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 1*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 2*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MP3:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 4*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Background:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 5*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Video:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 6*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGAP:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 8*30,  0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Relative:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 9*30,  0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Resolution:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 10*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'NotesGAP:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 12*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 13*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 14*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');
+
+  TextTitle  := AddText(340, 110 + 0*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextArtist := AddText(340, 110 + 1*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextMp3    := AddText(340, 110 + 2*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextBackground := AddText(340, 110 + 4*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextVideo      := AddText(340, 110 + 5*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextVideoGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 6*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextRelative   := AddText(340, 110 + 8*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextResolution := AddText(340, 110 + 9*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextNotesGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 10*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextStart :=  AddText(340, 110 + 12*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextGAP   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 13*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextBPM   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 14*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  StaticTitle      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 0*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticArtist     := AddStatic(130, 115 + 1*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticMp3        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 2*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticBackground := AddStatic(130, 115 + 4*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticVideo      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 5*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticVideoGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 6*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticRelative   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 8*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticResolution := AddStatic(130, 115 + 9*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticNotesGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 10*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticStart      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 12*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticGAP        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 13*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticBPM        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 14*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextTitle);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextArtist);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextMp3);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextBackground);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideo);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideoGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextRelative);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextResolution);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextNotesGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextStart);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextBPM);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditHeader.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+{  if FileExists(FileName) then  // load file
+  begin
+    CurrentSong.FileName := FileName;
+    SkanujPlik(CurrentSong);
+
+    SetLength(TrueBoolStrs, 1);
+    TrueBoolStrs[0] := 'yes';
+    SetLength(FalseBoolStrs, 1);
+    FalseBoolStrs[0] := 'no';
+
+    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   CurrentSong.Title;
+    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  CurrentSong.Artist;
+    Text[TextMP3].Text :=     CurrentSong.Mp3;
+    Text[TextBackground].Text :=  CurrentSong.Background;
+    Text[TextVideo].Text :=       CurrentSong.Video;
+    Text[TextVideoGAP].Text :=    FloatToStr(CurrentSong.VideoGAP);
+    Text[TextRelative].Text :=    BoolToStr(CurrentSong.Relative, true);
+    Text[TextResolution].Text :=  IntToStr(CurrentSong.Resolution);
+    Text[TextNotesGAP].Text :=    IntToStr(CurrentSong.NotesGAP);
+    Text[TextStart].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.Start);
+    Text[TextGAP].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+    Text[TextBPM].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM);
+    SetRoundButtons;
+  end;}
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:     integer;
+  Sec:     integer;
+  Count:   integer;
+  AktBeat: integer;
+begin
+{  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);
+
+  // control music
+  if PlaySentence then
+  begin
+    // stop the music
+    if (Music.Position > PlayStopTime) then
+    begin
+      Music.Stop;
+      PlaySentence := false;
+    end;
+
+    // click
+    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then
+    begin
+      AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);
+      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+      if AktBeat <> LastClick then
+      begin
+        for Count := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do
+          if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Count].Start = AktBeat) then
+          begin
+            Music.PlayClick;
+            LastClick := AktBeat;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end; // click
+  end; // if PlaySentence
+
+  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc);
+  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].LengthNote);
+
+  // Song info
+  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);
+  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+
+  // Note info
+  Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+  Text[TextNDlugosc].Text :=  IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+  Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton);
+  Text[TextNText].Text :=              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Text;
+
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  // draw notes
+  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15);
+  SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0);
+  SingDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0);
+
+  // draw text
+  Lyric.Draw;}
+
+end;*)
+
+procedure TScreenEditHeader.SetRoundButtons;
+begin
+  if Length(Text[TextTitle].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticTitle].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticTitle].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextArtist].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticArtist].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticArtist].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextMp3].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticMp3].Visible := true
+  else 
+    Statics[StaticMp3].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextBackground].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticBackground].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticBackground].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextVideo].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticVideo].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticVideo].Visible := false;
+
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text);
+    if StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text)<> 0 then
+      Statics[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if LowerCase(Text[TextRelative].Text) = 'yes' then
+    Statics[StaticRelative].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticRelative].Visible := false;
+
+  try
+    StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text);
+    if (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) <> 0) and (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) >= 1) then
+      Statics[StaticResolution].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticResolution].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticResolution].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  try
+    StrToInt(Text[TextNotesGAP].Text);
+    Statics[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := true;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // start
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text);
+    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text) > 0) then
+      Statics[StaticStart].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticStart].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticStart].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // GAP
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextGAP].Text);
+    Statics[StaticGAP].Visible := true;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // BPM
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text);
+    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text) > 0) then
+      Statics[StaticBPM].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticBPM].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticBPM].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+(*procedure TScreenEdit.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7956b127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1781 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEditSub;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UFiles,
+  UTime,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuText,
+  UEditorLyrics,
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEditSub = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      AktBeat:          integer;
+      //Variable is True if no Song is loaded
+      Error:            boolean;
+      
+      TextNote:         integer;
+      TextSentence:     integer;
+      TextTitle:        integer;
+      TextArtist:       integer;
+      TextMp3:          integer;
+      TextBPM:          integer;
+      TextGAP:          integer;
+      TextDebug:        integer;
+      TextNStart:       integer;
+      TextNLength:      integer;
+      TextNTon:         integer;
+      TextNText:        integer;
+      CurrentNote:      integer;
+      PlaySentence:     boolean;
+      PlaySentenceMidi: boolean;
+      PlayStopTime:     real;
+      LastClick:        integer;
+      Click:            boolean;
+      CopySrc:          integer;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      MidiOut:          TMidiOutput;
+      {$endif}
+
+      MidiStart:        real;
+      MidiStop:         real;
+      MidiTime:         real;
+      MidiPos:          real;
+      MidiLastNote:     integer;
+
+      TextEditMode:     boolean;
+      editText:         UTF8String; //backup of current text in text-edit-mode
+
+      Lyric:            TEditorLyrics;
+
+      procedure DivideBPM;
+      procedure MultiplyBPM;
+      procedure LyricsCapitalize;
+      procedure LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+      procedure FixTimings;
+      procedure DivideSentence;
+      procedure JoinSentence;
+      procedure DivideNote;
+      procedure DeleteNote;
+      procedure TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);
+      procedure ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);
+      procedure MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);
+      procedure MoveTextToRight;
+      procedure MarkSrc;
+      procedure PasteText;
+      procedure CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);
+      procedure CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);
+      procedure DrawStatics;
+      procedure DrawInfoBar(x, y, w, h: integer);
+      //Note Name Mod
+      function GetNoteName(Note: integer): string;
+    public
+      Tex_Background:     TTexture;
+      FadeOut:            boolean;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  UNote,
+  USkins,
+  ULanguage,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UPath;
+
+
+procedure OnSaveEncodingError(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer);
+var
+  SResult: TSaveSongResult;
+  FilePath: IPath;
+  Success: boolean;
+begin
+  Success := false;
+  if (Value) then
+  begin
+    CurrentSong.Encoding := encUTF8;
+    FilePath := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.FileName);
+    // create backup file
+    FilePath.CopyFile(Path(FilePath.ToUTF8 + '.ansi.bak'), false);
+    // store in UTF-8 encoding
+    SResult := SaveSong(CurrentSong, Lines[0], FilePath,
+             boolean(Data));
+    Success := (SResult = ssrOK);
+  end;
+
+  if (Success) then
+    ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED'))
+  else
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED'));
+end;
+
+// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenEditSub.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+  R:    real;
+  SResult: TSaveSongResult;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if TextEditMode then
+  begin
+    Result := ParseInputEditText(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});
+
+  if (PressedDown) then  // Key Down
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      SDLK_S:
+        begin
+          // Save Song
+          SResult := SaveSong(CurrentSong, Lines[0], CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.FileName),
+                   (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT));
+          if (SResult = ssrOK) then
+          begin
+            //ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED'));
+            Text[TextDebug].Text := Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED');
+          end
+          else if (SResult = ssrEncodingError) then
+          begin
+            ScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ENCODING_ERROR_ASK_FOR_UTF8'), OnSaveEncodingError,
+                Pointer(SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT), true);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED'));
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_R:   //reload
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.Stop;
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          MidiOut.Close;
+          MidiOut.Free;
+          {$ENDIF}
+          Lyric.Free;
+
+          onShow;
+          Text[TextDebug].Text := 'song reloaded'; //TODO: Language.Translate('SONG_RELOADED'); 
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_D:
+        begin
+          // Divide lengths by 2
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            DivideBPM;
+            Exit;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_M:
+        begin
+          // Multiply lengths by 2
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            MultiplyBPM;
+            Exit;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_C:
+        begin
+          // Capitalize letter at the beginning of line
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            LyricsCapitalize;
+
+          // Correct spaces
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+
+          // Copy sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            MarkSrc;
+
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      SDLK_V:
+        begin
+          // Paste text
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote >= Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].HighNote then
+              PasteText
+            else
+              Log.LogStatus('PasteText: invalid range', 'TScreenEditSub.ParseInput');
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_T:
+        begin
+          // Fixes timings between sentences
+          FixTimings;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      SDLK_P:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            // Play Sentence
+            Click := true;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            R := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+            if R <= AudioPlayback.Length then
+            begin
+              AudioPlayback.Position := R;
+              PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+              PlaySentence := true;
+              AudioPlayback.Play;
+              LastClick := -100;
+            end;
+          end
+          else if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+
+            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end
+          else if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+            MidiTime  := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+            MidiStop  := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+            LastClick := -100;
+
+            PlaySentence := true;
+            Click := true;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            AudioPlayback.Position := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start)+0{-0.10};
+            PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_)+0;
+            AudioPlayback.Play;
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      
+      // Golden Note
+      SDLK_G:
+        begin
+          if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntNormal
+          else
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntGolden;
+          
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      
+      // Freestyle Note
+      SDLK_F:
+        begin
+          if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType = ntFreestyle) then
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntNormal
+          else
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntFreestyle;
+          
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKQUOTE:
+        begin
+          // Increase Note Length (same as Alt + Right)
+          Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+          if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_EQUALS:
+        begin
+          // Increase BPM
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) + 1) / 5; // (1/20)
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM + 4; // (1/1)
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) + 1) / 25; // (1/100)
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_MINUS:
+        begin
+          // Decrease BPM
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) - 1) / 5;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM - 4;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) - 1) / 25;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_4:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Lines[0].Current+1);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Lines[0].Current+2);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Lines[0].Current+3);
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then
+          begin
+            CopySentences(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current, 4);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_5:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Lines[0].Current+1);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Lines[0].Current+2);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Lines[0].Current+3);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+4, Lines[0].Current+4);
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then
+          begin
+            CopySentences(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current, 5);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_9:
+        begin
+          // Decrease GAP
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP - 10;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP - 1000;
+        end;
+      SDLK_0:
+        begin
+          // Increase GAP
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP + 10;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP + 1000;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_KP_PLUS:
+        begin
+          // Increase tone of all notes
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            ChangeWholeTone(1);
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            ChangeWholeTone(12);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_KP_MINUS:
+        begin
+          // Decrease tone of all notes
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            ChangeWholeTone(-1);
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            ChangeWholeTone(-12);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SLASH:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            // Insert start of sentece
+            if CurrentNote > 0 then
+              DivideSentence;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            // Join next sentence with current
+            if Lines[0].Current < Lines[0].High then
+              JoinSentence;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            // divide note
+            DivideNote;
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_F4:
+        begin
+          // Enter Text Edit Mode
+          editText := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+          TextEditMode := true;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+          if (SDL_ModState = 0) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL) then
+          begin
+            // Play Sentence
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false; // stop midi
+            PlaySentence := true;
+            Click := false;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            AudioPlayback.Position := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            PlayStopTime := (GetTimeFromBeat(
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start +
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length));
+            AudioPlayback.Play;
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL) then
+          begin
+            // Play Midi
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+
+            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start +
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DELETE:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            // moves text to right in current sentence
+            DeleteNote;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_PERIOD:
+        begin
+          // moves text to right in current sentence
+          MoveTextToRight;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          // right
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Inc(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              CurrentNote := 0;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          end;
+
+          // ctrl + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length > 1 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+              if CurrentNote = 0 then
+              begin
+                Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // shift + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            if CurrentNote = 0 then
+            begin
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+            end;
+            if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+          end;
+
+          // alt + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then
+          begin
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+            if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+          end;
+
+          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            MoveAllToEnd(1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          // left
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Dec(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote = -1 then
+              CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          end;
+
+          // ctrl + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+            if CurrentNote = 0 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // shift + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+
+            // resizing sentences
+            if CurrentNote = 0 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+            end;
+
+            if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+
+          end;
+
+          // alt + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then
+          begin
+            if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length > 1 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+              if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+                Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            MoveAllToEnd(-1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+
+          // skip to next sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60, 127);
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+            {$ENDIF}
+
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Inc(Lines[0].Current);
+            CurrentNote := 0;
+            if Lines[0].Current > Lines[0].High then
+              Lines[0].Current := 0;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+
+            Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+            Lyric.Selected := 0;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            PlaySentence := false;
+          end;
+
+          // decrease tone
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            TransposeNote(-1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+
+          // skip to previous sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60, 127);
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+            {$endif}
+
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Dec(Lines[0].Current);
+            CurrentNote := 0;
+            if Lines[0].Current = -1 then
+              Lines[0].Current := Lines[0].High;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+
+            Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+            Lyric.Selected := 0;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            PlaySentence := false;
+          end;
+
+          // increase tone
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            TransposeNote(1);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      end; // case
+    end;
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+begin
+  // used when in Text Edit Mode
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text :=
+        Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+
+      Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+      Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text := editText;
+          Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+          Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          TextEditMode := false;
+        end;
+      SDLK_F4, SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          // Exit Text Edit Mode
+          TextEditMode := false;
+        end;
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          UTF8Delete(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text,
+            LengthUTF8(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text), 1);
+          Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+          Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          // right
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Inc(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              CurrentNote := 0;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+            editText := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          // left
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Dec(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote = -1 then
+              CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+            editText := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{
+procedure TScreenEditSub.NewBeat;
+begin
+  // click
+  for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNut do
+    if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = Czas.AktBeat) then
+      Music.PlayClick;
+end;
+}
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideBPM;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+
+begin
+  CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 2;
+
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Start div 2;
+    Lines[0].Line[C].End_  := Lines[0].Line[C].End_ div 2;
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start  := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start div 2;
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length := Round(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length / 2);
+    end; // N
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MultiplyBPM;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 2;
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Start * 2;
+    Lines[0].Line[C].End_  := Lines[0].Line[C].End_ * 2;
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start  := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start * 2;
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length * 2;
+    end; // N
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCapitalize;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  //N:    integer; // temporary
+  S:    string;
+begin
+  // temporary
+  {
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNut do
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := UTF8LowerCase(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text);
+  }
+
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    S := AnsiUpperCase(Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 1, 1));
+    S := S + Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 2, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text)-1);
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := S;
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    // correct starting spaces in the first word
+    while Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 1, 1) = ' ' do
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 2, 100);
+
+    // move spaces on the start to the end of the previous note
+    for N := 1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      while (Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 1, 1) = ' ') do
+      begin
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 2, 100);
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text + ' ';
+      end;
+    end; // N
+
+    // correct '-'  to '- '
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      if Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text = '-' then
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := '- ';
+    end; // N
+
+    // add space to the previous note when the current word is '- '
+    for N := 1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      if Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text  = '- ' then
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text + ' ';
+    end; // N
+
+    // correct too many spaces at the end of note
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      while Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text)-1, 2) = '  ' do
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 1, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text)-1);
+    end; // N
+
+    // and correct if there is no space at the end of sentence
+    N := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+    if Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text), 1) <> ' ' then
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text + ' ';
+
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.FixTimings;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  S:    integer;
+  Min:  integer;
+  Max:  integer;
+begin
+  for C := 1 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    with Lines[0].Line[C-1] do
+    begin
+      Min := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+      Max := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Start;
+      case (Max - Min) of
+        0:    S := Max;
+        1:    S := Max;
+        2:    S := Max - 1;
+        3:    S := Max - 2;
+        else
+          if ((Max - Min) > 4) then
+            S := Min + 2
+          else
+            S := Max;
+      end; // case
+
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Start := S;
+    end; // with
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideSentence;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  CStart: integer;
+  CNew:   integer;
+  CLen:   integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+  NHigh:  integer;
+begin
+  // increase sentence length by 1
+  CLen := Length(Lines[0].Line);
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line, CLen + 1);
+  Inc(Lines[0].Number);
+  Inc(Lines[0].High);
+
+  // move needed sentences to one forward. newly has the copy of divided sentence
+  CStart := Lines[0].Current;
+  for C := CLen-1 downto CStart do
+    Lines[0].Line[C+1] := Lines[0].Line[C];
+
+  // clear and set new sentence
+  CNew := CStart + 1;
+  NStart := CurrentNote;
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].Start := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart].Start;
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].Lyric := '';
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].End_ := 0;
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].BaseNote := 0;//High(integer); // TODO: High (integer) will causes a memory exception later in this procedure. Weird!
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].HighNote := -1;
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[CNew].Note, 0);
+
+  // move right notes to new sentences
+  NHigh := Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote;
+  for N := NStart to NHigh do
+  begin
+    // increase sentence counters
+    with Lines[0].Line[CNew] do
+    begin
+      Inc(HighNote);
+      SetLength(Note, HighNote + 1);
+      Note[HighNote] := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[N];
+      End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+      
+      if Note[HighNote].Tone < BaseNote then
+        BaseNote := Note[HighNote].Tone;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // clear old notes and set sentence counters
+  Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote := NStart - 1;
+  Lines[0].Line[CStart].End_ := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart-1].Start +
+    Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart-1].Length;
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note, Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote + 1);
+
+  //recalculate BaseNote of the divided Sentence
+  with Lines[0].Line[CStart] do
+  begin
+    BaseNote := High(integer);
+
+    for N := 0 to HighNote do
+      if Note[N].Tone < BaseNote then
+        BaseNote := Note[N].Tone;
+  end;
+
+  Lines[0].Current := Lines[0].Current + 1;
+  CurrentNote := 0;
+  Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+  Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.JoinSentence;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+  NDst:   integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  // set new sentence
+  NStart := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1;
+  Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + Lines[0].Line[C+1].HighNote + 1;
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[C].Note, Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1);
+
+  // move right notes to new sentences
+  for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C+1].HighNote do
+  begin
+    NDst := NStart + N;
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst] := Lines[0].Line[C+1].Note[N];
+  end;
+
+  // increase sentence counters
+  NDst := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+  Lines[0].Line[C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst].Start +
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst].Length;
+
+  // move needed sentences to one backward.
+  for C := Lines[0].Current + 1 to Lines[0].High - 1 do
+    Lines[0].Line[C] := Lines[0].Line[C+1];
+
+  // increase sentence length by 1
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Length(Lines[0].Line) - 1);
+  Dec(Lines[0].Number);
+  Dec(Lines[0].High);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideNote;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  with Lines[0].Line[C] do
+  begin
+    Inc(HighNote);
+    SetLength(Note, HighNote + 1);
+
+    // we copy all notes including selected one
+    for N := HighNote downto CurrentNote+1 do
+    begin
+      Note[N] := Note[N-1];
+    end;
+
+    // me slightly modify new note
+    Note[CurrentNote].Length := 1;
+    Inc(Note[CurrentNote+1].Start);
+    Dec(Note[CurrentNote+1].Length);
+    Note[CurrentNote+1].Text := '- ';
+    Note[CurrentNote+1].Color := 1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DeleteNote;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  //Do Not delete Last Note
+  if (Lines[0].High > 0) or (Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote > 0) then
+  begin
+
+    // we copy all notes from the next to the selected one
+    for N := CurrentNote+1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1] := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N];
+    end;
+    
+    Dec(Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote);
+    if (Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote >= 0) then
+    begin
+      SetLength(Lines[0].Line[C].Note, Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1);
+
+      // me slightly modify new note
+      if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote then
+        Dec(CurrentNote);
+      
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+    end
+    //Last Note of current Sentence Deleted - > Delete Sentence
+    else
+    begin
+      //Move all Sentences after the current to the Left
+      for N := C+1 to Lines[0].High do
+        Lines[0].Line[N-1] := Lines[0].Line[N];
+
+      //Delete Last Sentence
+      SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Lines[0].High);
+      Lines[0].High := High(Lines[0].Line);
+      Lines[0].Number := Length(Lines[0].Line);
+
+      CurrentNote := 0;
+      if (C > 0) then
+        Lines[0].Current := C - 1
+      else
+        Lines[0].Current := 0;
+
+      Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);
+begin
+  Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone, Transpose);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);
+var
+  C:  integer;
+  N:  integer;
+begin
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].BaseNote := Lines[0].Line[C].BaseNote + Tone;
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Tone := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Tone + Tone;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+begin
+  for C := Lines[0].Current to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    NStart := 0;
+    if C = Lines[0].Current then
+      NStart := CurrentNote;
+    for N := NStart to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start, Move); // move note start
+
+      if N = 0 then
+      begin // fix beginning
+        Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].Start, Move);
+      end;
+
+      if N = Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote then // fix ending
+        Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].End_, Move);
+
+    end; // for
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveTextToRight;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NHigh:  integer;
+begin
+  {
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  for N := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNut downto 1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text;
+  end; // for
+
+  Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := '- ';
+  }
+
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+  NHigh := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+
+  // last word
+  Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh-1].Text + Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh].Text;
+
+  // other words
+  for N := NHigh - 1 downto CurrentNote + 1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text;
+  end; // for
+  Lines[0].Line[C].Note[CurrentNote].Text := '- ';
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MarkSrc;
+begin
+  CopySrc := Lines[0].Current;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.PasteText;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].HighNote do
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].Note[N].Text;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);
+var
+  N:     integer;
+  Time1: integer;
+  Time2: integer;
+  TD:    integer;
+begin
+  Time1 := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[0].Start;
+  Time2 := Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[0].Start;
+  TD := Time2-Time1;
+
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note, Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote + 1);
+  Lines[0].Line[Dst].HighNote := Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote;
+  for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Text;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Length := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Length;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Tone := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Tone;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Start := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Start + TD;
+  end;
+  N := Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote;
+  Lines[0].Line[Dst].End_ := Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Start + Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Length;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);
+var
+  C:      integer;
+begin
+  // create place for new sentences
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Lines[0].Number + Num - 1);
+
+  // moves sentences next to the destination
+  for C := Lines[0].High downto Dst + 1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C + Num - 1] := Lines[0].Line[C];
+  end;
+
+  // prepares new sentences: sets sentence start and create first note
+  for C := 1 to Num-1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C - 1].Note[0].Start +
+      (Lines[0].Line[Src + C].Note[0].Start - Lines[0].Line[Src + C - 1].Note[0].Start);
+    SetLength(Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note, 1);
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].HighNote := 0;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note[0].Start := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note[0].Length := 1;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start + 1;
+  end;
+
+  // increase counters
+  Lines[0].Number := Lines[0].Number + Num - 1;
+  Lines[0].High := Lines[0].High + Num - 1;
+
+  for C := 0 to Num-1 do
+    CopySentence(Src + C, Dst + C);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DrawStatics;
+var
+  x, y, w, h: Integer;
+begin
+  //Theme:
+  //bg
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  w := 800;
+  h := 600;
+  glColor4f(0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // Line
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  x := 20;
+  y := 5;
+  w := 200;
+  h := 40;
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // Note
+  x := 260;
+  y := 5;
+  w := 200;
+  h := 40;
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // some borders
+  x := 20;
+  y := 55;
+  w := 760;
+  h := 236;
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  x := 20;
+  y := 305;
+  w := 760;
+  h := 135;
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  x := 20;
+  y := 500;
+  w := 760;
+  h := 40;
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glLineWidth(1);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DrawInfoBar(x, y, w, h: integer);
+var
+  start, end_:        integer;
+  ww:                 integer;
+
+  pos:                real;
+  br:                 real;
+
+  line, note:         integer;
+  numLines, numNotes: integer;
+
+begin
+  numLines := Length(Lines[0].Line);
+
+  if(numLines=0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  start := Lines[0].Line[0].Start;
+  end_ := Lines[0].Line[numLines-1].End_;
+  ww := end_ - start;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+
+  for line := 0 to numLines - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (line = Lines[0].Current) and not (PlaySentence or PlaySentenceMidi) then
+      glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0, 1)
+    else
+      glColor4f(1, 0.6, 0, 1);
+
+
+    start := Lines[0].Line[line].Note[0].Start;
+    end_ := Lines[0].Line[line].Note[Lines[0].Line[line].HighNote].Start+
+      Lines[0].Line[line].Note[Lines[0].Line[line].HighNote].Length;
+
+    pos := start/ww*w;
+    br := (end_-start)/ww*w;
+
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos, y);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos, y+h);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y+h);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y);
+    glEnd;
+    {
+    numNotes := Length(Lines[0].Line[line].Nuta);
+
+    for note := 0 to numNotes - 1 do
+    begin
+
+    end;  }
+  end;
+
+  if(PlaySentence or PlaySentenceMidi) then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.5);
+    pos := 0;
+    br := AktBeat/ww*w;
+    if (br>w) then
+      br := w;
+  end else
+  begin
+    glColor4f(1, 0, 0, 1);
+    pos := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start/ww*w;
+    br := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length/ww*w;
+    if (br<1) then
+      br := 1;
+  end;
+
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos, y);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos, y+h);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y+h);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y);
+  glEnd;
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glLineWidth(1);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEditSub.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  SetLength(Player, 1);
+
+  // line
+  AddText(40, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Line:');
+  TextSentence := AddText(110, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+
+
+  // Note
+  AddText(282, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Note:');
+  TextNote := AddText(360, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+
+  // file info
+  AddText(30, 65,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');
+  AddText(30, 90,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');
+  AddText(30, 115, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Mp3:');
+  AddText(30, 140, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');
+  AddText(30, 165, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');
+
+  TextTitle :=  AddText(180, 65,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  TextArtist := AddText(180, 90,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'b');
+  TextMp3 :=    AddText(180, 115, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'c');
+  TextBPM :=    AddText(180, 140, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'd');
+  TextGAP :=    AddText(180, 165, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'e');
+
+  // note info
+  AddText(30, 190,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');
+  AddText(30, 215,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Duration:');
+  AddText(30, 240,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Tone:');
+  AddText(30, 265,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Text:');      //AddText(500, 265,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGap:');
+
+  TextNStart :=   AddText(180, 190,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  TextNLength :=  AddText(180, 215,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'b');
+  TextNTon :=     AddText(180, 240,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'c');
+  TextNText :=    AddText(180, 265,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'd');
+
+  //TextVideoGap :=  AddText(600, 265,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'e');
+
+  // debug
+  TextDebug :=  AddText(30, 550, 0, 27, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.OnShow;
+var
+  FileExt: IPath;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  PlaySentence := false;
+  PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Initializing', 'TEditScreen.OnShow');
+  Lyric := TEditorLyrics.Create;
+
+  ResetSingTemp;
+
+  try 
+    //Check if File is XML
+    FileExt := CurrentSong.FileName.GetExtension;
+    if FileExt.ToUTF8 = '.xml' then
+      Error := not CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong()
+    else
+    begin
+      // reread header with custom tags
+      Error := not CurrentSong.Analyse(true);
+      if not Error then
+        Error := not CurrentSong.LoadSong;
+    end;
+  except
+    Error := true;
+  end;
+
+  if Error then
+  begin
+    //Error Loading Song -> Go back to Song Screen and Show some Error Message
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));
+    Exit;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+    MidiOut.Open;
+  {$ENDIF}
+    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   CurrentSong.Title;
+    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  CurrentSong.Artist;
+    Text[TextMp3].Text :=     CurrentSong.Mp3.ToUTF8;
+
+    Lines[0].Current := 0;
+    CurrentNote := 0;
+    Lines[0].Line[0].Note[0].Color := 2;
+    AudioPlayback.Open(CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Mp3));
+    //Set Down Music Volume for Better hearability of Midi Sounds
+    //Music.SetVolume(0.4);
+
+    Lyric.Clear;
+    Lyric.X := 400;
+    Lyric.Y := 500;
+    Lyric.Align := atCenter;
+    Lyric.Size := 42;
+    Lyric.ColR := 0;
+    Lyric.ColG := 0;
+    Lyric.ColB := 0;
+    Lyric.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR;
+    Lyric.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG;
+    Lyric.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB;
+    Lyric.AddLine(0);
+    Lyric.Selected := 0;
+
+    NotesH := 7;
+    NotesW := 4;
+
+  end;
+
+//  Interaction := 0;
+  TextEditMode := false;
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Pet:    integer;
+begin
+
+  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);
+
+  // midi music
+  if PlaySentenceMidi then
+  begin
+   {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    MidiPos := USTime.GetTime - MidiTime + MidiStart;
+
+    // stop the music
+    if (MidiPos > MidiStop) then
+    begin
+      MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60, 127);
+      PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+    // click
+    AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(MidiPos - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000));
+    Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+
+    if AktBeat <> LastClick then
+    begin
+      for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+        if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then
+        begin
+
+          LastClick := AktBeat;
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          if Pet > 0 then
+            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet-1].Tone + 60, 127);
+          MidiOut.PutShort($91, Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Tone + 60, 127);
+          MidiLastNote := Pet;
+          {$ENDIF}
+
+        end;
+    end;
+  end; // if PlaySentenceMidi
+
+  // mp3 music
+  if PlaySentence then
+  begin
+    // stop the music
+    if (AudioPlayback.Position > PlayStopTime) then
+    begin
+      AudioPlayback.Stop;
+      PlaySentence := false;
+    end;
+
+    // click
+    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then
+    begin
+//      AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);
+      AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(AudioPlayback.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000));
+      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+      if AktBeat <> LastClick then
+      begin
+        for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+          if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound( SoundLib.Click );
+            LastClick := AktBeat;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end; // click
+  end; // if PlaySentence
+  
+
+  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Current + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Lines[0].Number);
+  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(CurrentNote + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote + 1);
+
+  // Song info
+  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);
+  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+
+  //Error reading Variables when no Song is loaded
+  if not Error then
+  begin
+    // Note info
+    Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+    Text[TextNLength].Text :=  IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+    Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone) + ' ( ' + GetNoteName(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone) + ' )';
+    Text[TextNText].Text :=              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+  end;
+
+  // Text Edit Mode
+  if TextEditMode then
+    Text[TextNText].Text := Text[TextNText].Text + '|'; 
+
+  // draw static menu
+  DrawStatics;
+  DrawInfoBar(20, 460, 760, 20);
+  //inherited Draw;
+  DrawFG;
+  // draw notes
+  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 305, 780, 15);
+  //Error Drawing when no Song is loaded
+  if not Error then
+  begin
+    SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 305, 760, 0);
+    EditDrawLine(40, 410, 760, 0, 15);
+  end;
+
+  // draw text
+  Lyric.Draw;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.OnHide;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut.Close;
+  MidiOut.Free;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  Lyric.Free;
+  //Music.SetVolume(1.0);
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.GetNoteName(Note: integer): string;
+var
+  N1, N2: integer;
+begin
+  if (Note > 0) then
+  begin
+    N1 := Note mod 12;
+    N2 := Note div 12;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    N1 := (Note + (-Trunc(Note/12)+1)*12) mod 12;
+    N2 := -1;
+  end;
+
+  case N1 of
+    0: Result := 'c';
+    1: Result := 'c#';
+    2: Result := 'd';
+    3: Result := 'd#';
+    4: Result := 'e';
+    5: Result := 'f';
+    6: Result := 'f#';
+    7: Result := 'g';
+    8: Result := 'g#';
+    9: Result := 'a';
+    10: Result := 'b';
+    11: Result := 'h';
+  end;
+
+  case N2 of
+    0: Result := UpperCase(Result); //Normal Uppercase Note, 1: Normal lowercase Note
+    2: Result := Result + '''';     //One Striped
+    3: Result := Result + '''''';   //Two Striped
+    4: Result := Result + ''''''''; //etc.
+    5: Result := Result + '''''''''';
+    6: Result := Result + '''''''''''';
+    7: Result := Result + '''''''''''''';
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ead9773
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenLevel;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenLevel = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  USong,
+  UTexture,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenLevel.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+          if Ini.OnSongClick = sSelectPlayer then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenName);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Ini.Difficulty := Interaction;
+          Ini.SaveLevel;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          //Set Standard Mode
+          ScreenSong.Mode := smNormal;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenLevel.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Level);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonEasy);
+  AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonMedium);
+  AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonHard);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLevel.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := Ini.Difficulty;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLevel.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e368f181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenLoading;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes,
+  gl;
+
+type
+  TScreenLoading = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Fadeout: boolean;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UTime;
+
+function TScreenLoading.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenLoading.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Loading);
+
+  Fadeout := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLoading.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bb9365b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenMain = class(TMenu)
+  public
+    TextDescription:     integer;
+    TextDescriptionLong: integer;
+
+    constructor Create; override;
+    function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+      PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+    procedure OnShow; override;
+    procedure SetInteraction(Num: integer); override;
+    procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UNote,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  USongs,
+  Textgl,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UScreenCredits,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+  PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState: word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT +
+    KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT);
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+        // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'): begin
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+      Ord('C'): begin
+        if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenCredits, SoundLib.Start);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      end;
+      Ord('M'): begin
+        if (Ini.Players >= 1) and (Party.ModesAvailable) then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions, SoundLib.Start);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Ord('S'): begin
+        FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain, SoundLib.Start);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      Ord('E'): begin
+        FadeTo(@ScreenEdit, SoundLib.Start);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+      begin
+        Result := false;
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+        //Solo
+        if (Interaction = 0) then
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count >= 1) then
+          begin
+            if (Ini.Players >= 0) and (Ini.Players <= 3) then
+              PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;
+            if (Ini.Players = 4) then
+              PlayersPlay := 6;
+
+            if Ini.OnSongClick = sSelectPlayer then
+              FadeTo(@ScreenLevel)
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := false;
+              FadeTo(@ScreenName, SoundLib.Start);
+            end;
+          end
+          else //show error message
+            ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));
+        end;
+
+        //Multi
+        if Interaction = 1 then
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count >= 1) then
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions, SoundLib.Start);
+          end
+          else //show error message, No Songs Loaded
+            ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));
+        end;
+
+        //Stats
+        if Interaction = 2 then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain, SoundLib.Start);
+        end;
+
+        //Editor
+        if Interaction = 3 then
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit, SoundLib.Start);
+          {$ELSE}
+          ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_EDITOR'));
+          {$ENDIF}
+        end;
+
+        //Options
+        if Interaction = 4 then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions, SoundLib.Start);
+        end;
+
+        //Exit
+        if Interaction = 5 then
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+      end;
+      {**
+       * Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+       * but I don't want to declare variables inside
+       * functions like this one, called so many times
+       *}
+      SDLK_DOWN: InteractInc;
+      SDLK_UP: InteractDec;
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end
+  else // Key Up
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenMain.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+{**
+ * Attention ^^:
+ * New Creation Order needed because of LoadFromTheme
+ * and Button Collections.
+ * At First Custom Texts and Statics
+ * Then LoadFromTheme
+ * after LoadFromTheme the Buttons and Selects
+ *}
+  TextDescription     := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescription);
+  TextDescriptionLong := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescriptionLong);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Main);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonSolo);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonMulti);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonStat);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonEditor);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonOptions);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonExit);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+ {**
+  * Clean up TPartyGame here
+  * at the moment there is no better place for this
+  *}
+  Party.Clear;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.SetInteraction(Num: integer);
+begin
+  inherited SetInteraction(Num);
+  Text[TextDescription].Text     := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];
+  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenName.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenName.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42af50d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenName.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenName;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils, 
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UFiles,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenName = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Goto_SingScreen: boolean; //If true then next Screen in SingScreen
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UCommon,
+  UGraphic, 
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  UTexture,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+
+function TScreenName.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  SDL_ModState: word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text +
+                                          UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      // Templates for Names Mod
+      SDLK_F1:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F2:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F3:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F4:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F5:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F6:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F7:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F8:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F9:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F10:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F11:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F12:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11];
+         end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter();
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE :
+        begin
+          Ini.SaveNames;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          if GoTo_SingScreen then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSong)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to 6 do
+            Ini.Name[I-1] := Button[I-1].Text[0].Text;
+          Ini.SaveNames;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+
+          if GoTo_SingScreen then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSing)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenLevel);
+
+          GoTo_SingScreen := false;
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenName.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Name);
+
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    AddButton(Theme.Name.ButtonPlayer[I]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenName.OnShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    Button[I-1].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1];
+
+  for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    Button[I-1].Visible := true;
+    Button[I-1].Selectable := true;
+  end;
+
+  for I := PlayersPlay+1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    Button[I-1].Visible := false;
+    Button[I-1].Selectable := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenName.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    Button[I-1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70b883c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOpen;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  SysUtils,
+  gl,
+  SDL,
+  UPath,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UTime,
+  USongs,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuText,
+  ULyrics,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOpen = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //fTextF:      array[0..1] of integer;
+      fTextN:      integer; // text-box ID of filename
+      fFilename:   IPath;
+      fBackScreen: PMenu;
+
+      procedure AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+
+      {**
+       * Set by the caller to provide a default filename.
+       * Set to the selected filename after calling this screen or to PATH_NONE
+       * if the screen was aborted.
+       * TODO: maybe pass this value with a callback OnValueChanged()
+       *}
+      property Filename: IPath READ fFilename WRITE fFilename;
+      {** The screen that is shown after this screen is closed (set by the caller) *}
+      property BackScreen: PMenu READ fBackScreen WRITE fBackScreen;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  UMain,
+  UScreenEditConvert,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenOpen.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then  // Key Down
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      if (Interaction = 0) then
+      begin
+        Text[fTextN].Text := Text[fTextN].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE: // del
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            Text[fTextN].DeleteLastLetter;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          //Empty Filename and go to last Screen
+          fFileName := PATH_NONE;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(fBackScreen);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction = 2) then
+          begin
+            //Update Filename and go to last Screen
+            fFileName := Path(Text[fTextN].Text);
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(fBackScreen);
+          end
+          else if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            //Empty Filename and go to last Screen
+            fFileName := PATH_NONE;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(fBackScreen);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOpen.AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+begin
+  AddStatic(X,   Y,   W,   H,   0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(X+2, Y+2, W-4, H-4, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOpen.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  fFilename := PATH_NONE;
+
+  // line
+  {
+  AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MainBar', 'JPG', TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddText(35, 17, 1, 18, 1, 1, 1, 'line');
+  TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 24, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+  }
+
+  // file list
+  //AddBox(400, 100, 350, 450);
+
+  //TextF[0] :=  AddText(430, 155,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  //TextF[1] :=  AddText(430, 180,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+
+  // file name
+  AddBox(20, 540, 500, 40);
+  fTextN := AddText(50, 548, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, fFileName.ToUTF8);
+  AddInteraction(iText, fTextN);
+
+  // buttons
+  {AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');
+
+  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);
+  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');}
+  // buttons
+  AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');
+
+  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOpen.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Text[fTextN].Text := fFilename.ToUTF8();
+end;
+
+(*
+function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:     integer;
+  Sec:     integer;
+  AktBeat: integer;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;
+*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdb37701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptions;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptions = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextDescription:    integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure InteractNext; override;
+      procedure InteractPrev; override;
+      procedure InteractNextRow; override;
+      procedure InteractPrevRow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsGame);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 1 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsGraphics);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 2 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsSound);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 3 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsLyrics);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 4 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsThemes);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 5 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsRecord);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsAdvanced);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 7 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNextRow;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrevRow;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptions.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Options.TextDescription);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Options);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonGame);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[0]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonGraphics);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[1]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonSound);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[2]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonLyrics);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[3]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonThemes);
+  if (Length(Button[4].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[4]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonRecord);
+  if (Length(Button[5].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[5]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonAdvanced);
+  if (Length(Button[6].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[6]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[7].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractNext;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNext;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractPrev;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrev;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractNextRow;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNextRow;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractPrevRow;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrevRow;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[4].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[5].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[6].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[7].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd727dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsAdvanced;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsAdvanced = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsAdvanced.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+          //if SelInteraction = 7 then begin
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+          //if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 6) then begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+          //if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 6) then begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsAdvanced);
+
+  //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+  //AddSelect(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLoadAnimation, Ini.LoadAnimation, ILoadAnimationTranslated);
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade, Ini.ScreenFade, IScreenFadeTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing, Ini.EffectSing, IEffectSingTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus, Ini.LineBonus, ILineBonusTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick, Ini.OnSongClick, IOnSongClickTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel, Ini.AskBeforeDel, IAskbeforeDelTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup, Ini.PartyPopup, IPartyPopupTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsAdvanced.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39de61e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsGame;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes,
+  USongs;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsGame = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      old_Tabs, old_Sorting: integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure RefreshSongs;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsGame.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if PressedDown then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          RefreshSongs;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            RefreshSongs;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsGame.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGame);
+
+  //Refresh Songs Patch
+  old_Sorting := Ini.Sorting;
+  old_Tabs    := Ini.Tabs;
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers,    Ini.Players,    IPlayers);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty, Ini.Difficulty, IDifficultyTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage,   Ini.Language,   ILanguageTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs,       Ini.Tabs,       ITabsTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting,    Ini.Sorting,    ISortingTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug,      Ini.Debug,      IDebugTranslated);
+
+
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsGame.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+//Refresh Songs Patch
+procedure TScreenOptionsGame.RefreshSongs;
+begin
+  if (ini.Sorting <> old_Sorting) or (ini.Tabs <> old_Tabs) then
+    ScreenSong.Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsGame.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+//  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2aacccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsGraphics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsGraphics = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsGraphics.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            // FIXME: changing the video mode does not work this way in windows
+            // and MacOSX as all textures will be invalidated through this.
+            // See the ALT+TAB code too.
+            {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+            Reinitialize3D();
+            {$IFEND}
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 6) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 6) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGraphics);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution,   Ini.Resolution, IResolution);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen,   Ini.Fullscreen, IFullScreenTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth,        Ini.Depth, IDepth);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer,   Ini.VisualizerOption, IVisualizerTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, Ini.Oscilloscope, IOscilloscopeTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize,    Ini.MovieSize, IMovieSizeTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsGraphics.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..468082de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsLyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsLyrics = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsLyrics.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 3 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsLyrics);
+
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont, Ini.LyricsFont, ILyricsFontTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, Ini.LyricsEffect, ILyricsEffectTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines, Ini.NoteLines, INoteLinesTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsLyrics.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f9cd49a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsRecord;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UMenu;
+
+type
+  TDrawState = record
+    ChannelIndex: integer;
+    R, G, B: real;    // mapped player color (normal)
+    RD, GD, BD: real; // mapped player color (dark)
+  end;
+
+  TPeakInfo = record
+    Volume: single;
+    Time: cardinal;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenOptionsRecord = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      // max. count of input-channels determined for all devices
+      MaxChannelCount: integer;
+
+      // current input device
+      CurrentDeviceIndex: integer;
+      PreviewDeviceIndex: integer;
+
+      // string arrays for select-slide options
+      InputSourceNames: array of UTF8String;
+      InputDeviceNames: array of UTF8String;
+
+      // dynamic generated themes for channel select-sliders
+      SelectSlideChannelTheme: array of TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+      // indices for widget-updates
+      SelectInputSourceID:   integer;
+      SelectSlideChannelID: array of integer;
+
+      // interaction IDs
+      ExitButtonIID: integer;
+
+      // dummy data for non-available channels
+      ChannelToPlayerMapDummy: integer;
+
+      // preview channel-buffers
+      PreviewChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer;
+      ChannelPeak: array of TPeakInfo;
+
+      // Device source volume
+      SourceVolume: single;
+      NextVolumePollTime: cardinal;
+
+      procedure StartPreview;
+      procedure StopPreview;
+      procedure UpdateInputDevice;
+      procedure ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);
+      procedure DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);
+      procedure DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+      procedure DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function    Draw: boolean; override;
+      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure   OnShow; override;
+      procedure   OnHide; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  PeakDecay = 0.2; // strength of peak-decay (reduction after one sec)
+
+const
+  BarHeight  = 11; // height of each bar (volume/vu-meter/pitch)
+  BarUpperSpacing = 1;  // spacing between a bar-area and the previous widget
+  BarLowerSpacing = 3;  // spacing between a bar-area and the next widget
+  SourceBarsTotalHeight = BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;
+  ChannelBarsTotalHeight = 2*BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  SDL,
+  gl,
+  TextGL,
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  UMain,
+  UMenuSelectSlide,
+  UMenuText,
+  UFiles,
+  UDisplay,
+  UIni,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  ULog;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      Ord('+'):
+        begin
+          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead
+          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.
+          ChangeVolume(0.02);
+        end;
+      Ord('-'):
+        begin
+          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead
+          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.
+          ChangeVolume(-0.02);
+        end;
+      Ord('T'):
+        begin
+          if ((SDL_GetModState() and KMOD_SHIFT) <> 0) then
+            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + Length(IThresholdVals) - 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals)
+          else
+            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals);
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          // TODO: Show Save/Abort screen
+          if (AudioInputProcessor.ValidateSettings()) then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction = ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            if (AudioInputProcessor.ValidateSettings()) then
+            begin
+              Ini.Save;
+              AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+              FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+          UpdateInputDevice;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+          UpdateInputDevice;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsRecord.Create;
+var
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  SourceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  ChannelTheme: ^TThemeSelectSlide;
+  //ButtonTheme: TThemeButton;
+  WidgetYPos: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsRecord);
+
+  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0
+  else
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := -1;
+
+  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;
+
+  WidgetYPos := 0;
+
+  // init sliders if at least one device was detected
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+  begin
+    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+
+    // init device-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputDeviceNames, Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList));
+    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    begin
+      InputDeviceNames[DeviceIndex] := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    // add device-selection slider (InteractionID: 0)
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard.showArrows := true;
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard.oneItemOnly := true;
+    AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard, CurrentDeviceIndex, InputDeviceNames);
+
+    // init source-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));
+    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do
+    begin
+      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.showArrows := true;
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.oneItemOnly := true;
+    // add source-selection slider (InteractionID: 1)
+    SelectInputSourceID := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput,
+        InputDeviceCfg.Input, InputSourceNames);
+
+    // add space for source volume bar
+    WidgetYPos := Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.Y +
+                  Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.H +
+                  SourceBarsTotalHeight;
+
+    // find max. channel count of all devices
+    MaxChannelCount := 0;
+    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    begin
+      if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels > MaxChannelCount) then
+        MaxChannelCount := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels;
+    end;
+
+    // init channel-to-player mapping sliders
+    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelID, MaxChannelCount);
+    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelTheme, MaxChannelCount);
+
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do
+    begin
+      // copy reference slide
+      SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex] :=
+        Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel;
+      // set current channel-theme
+      ChannelTheme := @SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex];
+      // adjust vertical position
+      ChannelTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;
+      // calc size of next slide (add space for bars)
+      WidgetYPos := WidgetYPos + ChannelTheme.H + ChannelBarsTotalHeight;
+      // append channel index to name
+      ChannelTheme.Text := ChannelTheme.Text + IntToStr(ChannelIndex+1);
+
+      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists
+      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then
+      begin
+        // current device has this channel
+
+        // add slider
+        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,
+          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated);
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // current device does not have that many channels
+
+        // add slider but hide it and assign a dummy variable to it
+        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,
+          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy, IChannelPlayerTranslated);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // add Exit-button
+  //ButtonTheme := Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit;
+  // adjust button position
+  //if (WidgetYPos <> 0) then
+  //  ButtonTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;
+  //AddButton(ButtonTheme);
+  // <mog> I uncommented the stuff above, because it's not skinable :X 
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+  // store InteractionID
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+    ExitButtonIID := MaxChannelCount + 2
+  else
+    ExitButtonIID := 0;
+
+  // set focus
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateInputDevice;
+var
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus('Update input-device', 'TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateCard') ;
+
+  StopPreview();
+
+  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device
+  if (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList)) then
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0;
+
+  // update sliders if at least one device was detected
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+  begin
+    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+
+    // update source-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));
+    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do
+    begin
+      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, SelectInputSourceID,
+        InputSourceNames, InputDeviceCfg.Input);
+
+    // update channel-to-player mapping sliders
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do
+    begin
+      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists
+      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then
+      begin
+        // current device has this channel
+
+        // show slider
+        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],
+          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated,
+          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // current device does not have that many channels
+
+        // hide slider and assign a dummy variable to it
+        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],
+          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated,
+          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  StartPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);
+var
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  Volume: single;
+begin
+  // validate CurrentDeviceIndex
+  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex < 0) or
+      (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+  if not assigned(InputDevice) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set new volume
+  Volume := InputDevice.GetVolume() + VolumeChange;
+  InputDevice.SetVolume(Volume);
+  //DebugWriteln('Volume: ' + floattostr(InputDevice.GetVolume));
+
+  // volume must be polled again 
+  NextVolumePollTime := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.OnShow;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  // create preview sound-buffers
+  SetLength(PreviewChannel, MaxChannelCount);
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do
+    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex] := TCaptureBuffer.Create();
+
+  SetLength(ChannelPeak, MaxChannelCount);
+
+  UpdateInputDevice();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.OnHide;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  StopPreview();
+
+  // free preview buffers
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do
+    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Free;
+  SetLength(PreviewChannel, 0);
+  SetLength(ChannelPeak, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StartPreview;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+begin
+  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (CurrentDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    // set preview channel as active capture channel
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+    begin
+      PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Clear();
+      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex]);
+      FillChar(ChannelPeak[ChannelIndex], SizeOf(TPeakInfo), 0);
+    end;
+    Device.Start();
+    PreviewDeviceIndex := CurrentDeviceIndex;
+
+    // volume must be polled again
+    NextVolumePollTime := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StopPreview;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+begin
+  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];
+    Device.Stop;
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil);
+  end;
+  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;
+  Volume: single;
+const
+  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x1 + Width;
+  y2 := y1 + Height;
+
+  // init blend mode
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);
+
+  // TODO: if no volume is available, show some info (a blue bar maybe)
+  if (SourceVolume >= 0) then
+    Volume := SourceVolume
+  else
+    Volume := 0;
+
+  // coordinates for first half of the volume bar
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume;
+  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  // draw volume-bar
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // draw volume bar
+    glColor3f(0.4, 0.3, 0.3);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glColor3f(1, 0.1, 0.1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+  glEnd();
+
+  { not needed anymore
+  // coordinates for separator
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;
+
+  // draw separator
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP);
+    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f(x1,        y2);
+    glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0.4, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f((x1+x2)/2, y2);
+    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f(x2,        y2);
+  glEnd();
+  }
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  Volume, PeakVolume: single;
+  Delta: single;
+  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;
+const
+  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x1 + Width;
+  y2 := y1 + Height;
+
+  // init blend mode
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);
+
+  // vertical positions
+  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  // coordinates for bevel
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    Volume := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].MaxSampleVolume();
+
+    // coordinates for volume bar
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume;
+
+    // draw volume bar
+    glColor3f(State.RD, State.GD, State.BD);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glColor3f(State.R, State.G, State.B);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+
+    Delta := (SDL_GetTicks() - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time)/1000;
+    PeakVolume := ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume - Delta*Delta*PeakDecay;
+
+    // determine new peak-volume
+    if (Volume > PeakVolume) then
+    begin
+      PeakVolume := Volume;
+      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume := Volume;
+      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time := SDL_GetTicks();
+    end;
+
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing + VolBarInnerWidth * PeakVolume;
+    x2 := x1 + 2;
+
+    // draw peak
+    glColor3f(0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+
+    // draw threshold
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex];
+
+    glColor4f(0.3, 0.3, 0.3, 0.6);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+  glEnd();
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  i: integer;
+  ToneBoxWidth: real;
+  ToneString: string;
+  ToneStringWidth, ToneStringHeight: real;
+  ToneStringMaxWidth: real;
+  ToneStringCenterXOffset: real;
+const
+  PitchBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  PitchBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // calc tone pitch
+  PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].AnalyzeBuffer();
+
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x + Width;
+  y2 := y + Height;
+
+  // init blend mode
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  // coordinates for tone boxes
+  ToneBoxWidth := Width / NumHalftones;
+  y1 := y1 + PitchBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - PitchBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // draw tone boxes
+    for i := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do
+    begin
+      x1 := x + i * ToneBoxWidth + PitchBarInnerHSpacing;
+      x2 := x1 + ToneBoxWidth - 2*PitchBarInnerHSpacing;
+
+      if ((PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneValid) and
+          (PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneAbs = i)) then
+      begin
+        // highlight current tone-pitch
+        glColor3f(1, i / (NumHalftones-1), 0)
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // grey other tone-pitches
+        glColor3f(0.3, i / (NumHalftones-1) * 0.3, 0);
+      end;
+
+      glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+      glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+      glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+      glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    end;
+  glEnd();
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  ///
+  // draw the name of the tone
+  ///////
+
+  ToneString := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneString;
+  ToneStringHeight := ChannelBarsTotalHeight;
+
+  // initialize font
+  // TODO: what about reflection, italic etc.?
+  SetFontSize(ToneStringHeight);
+
+  // center
+  // Note: for centering let us assume that G#4 has the max. horizontal extent
+  ToneStringWidth := glTextWidth(ToneString);
+  ToneStringMaxWidth := glTextWidth('G#4');
+  ToneStringCenterXOffset := (ToneStringMaxWidth-ToneStringWidth) / 2;
+
+  // draw
+  SetFontPos(x-ToneStringWidth-ToneStringCenterXOffset, y-ToneStringHeight/2);
+  glColor3f(0, 0, 0);
+  glPrint(ToneString);
+end;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  SelectSlide: TSelectSlide;
+  BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth: real;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  State: TDrawState;
+begin
+  DrawBG;
+  DrawFG;
+
+  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+
+    // update source volume
+    if (SDL_GetTicks() >= NextVolumePollTime) then
+    begin
+      NextVolumePollTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 500; // next poll in 500ms
+      SourceVolume := Device.GetVolume();
+    end;
+
+    // get source select slide
+    SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectInputSourceID];
+    BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;
+    BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;
+    BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;
+    DrawVolume(SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+    begin
+      // load player color mapped to current input channel
+      if (DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] > 0) then
+      begin
+        // set mapped channel to corresponding player-color
+        LoadColor(State.R, State.G, State.B, 'P'+ IntToStr(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]) + 'Dark');
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // set non-mapped channel to white
+        State.R := 1; State.G := 1; State.B := 1;
+      end;
+
+      // dark player colors
+      State.RD := 0.2 * State.R;
+      State.GD := 0.2 * State.G;
+      State.BD := 0.2 * State.B;
+
+      // channel select slide
+      SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]];
+
+      BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;
+      BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;
+      BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;
+
+      State.ChannelIndex := ChannelIndex;
+
+      DrawVUMeter(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+      DrawPitch(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset+BarHeight, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0efa4d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsSound;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsSound = class(TMenu)
+  public
+    constructor Create; override;
+    function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+      PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+    procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsSound.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal;
+  CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+        // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+      begin
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+      begin
+        Ini.Save;
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+      end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+        if SelInteraction = 8 then
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+        if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 8) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractInc;
+        end;
+      end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+        if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 8) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractDec;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+{**
+ * Actually this one isn't pretty - but it does the trick of
+ * turning the background music on/off in "real time"
+ * bgm = background music
+ * TODO: - Fetching the SelectInteraction via something more descriptive
+ *       - Obtaining the current value of a select is imho ugly
+ *}
+  if (SelInteraction = 1) then
+  begin
+    if TBackgroundMusicOption(SelectsS[1].SelectedOption) = bmoOn then
+      SoundLib.StartBgMusic
+    else
+      SoundLib.PauseBgMusic;
+  end;
+  
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsSound.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsSound);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough, Ini.VoicePassthrough, IVoicePassthroughTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic, Ini.BackgroundMusicOption, IBackgroundMusicTranslated);
+
+  // TODO: - MicBoost needs to be moved to ScreenOptionsRecord
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost, Ini.MicBoost, IMicBoostTranslated);
+
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist, Ini.ClickAssist, IClickAssistTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick, Ini.BeatClick, IBeatClickTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold, Ini.ThresholdIndex, IThreshold);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume, Ini.PreviewVolume, IPreviewVolumeTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading, Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewFadingTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsSound.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsSound.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94475cc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsThemes;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsThemes = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      procedure ReloadTheme;
+    public
+      SkinSelect: integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure InteractInc; override;
+      procedure InteractDec; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses 
+  SysUtils,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  USkins;
+
+function TScreenOptionsThemes.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+
+          // Reload all screens, after Theme changed
+          // Todo : JB - Check if theme was actually changed
+          UGraphic.UnLoadScreens();
+          UGraphic.LoadScreens();
+
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 3 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+
+            // Reload all screens, after Theme changed
+            // Todo : JB - Check if theme was actually changed
+            UGraphic.UnLoadScreens();
+            UGraphic.LoadScreens();
+
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 2) then 
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 2) then 
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.InteractInc;
+begin
+  inherited InteractInc;
+
+  //Update Skins
+  if (SelInteraction = 0) then
+  begin
+    Skin.OnThemeChange;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, SkinSelect, ISkin, Ini.SkinNo);
+
+    // set skin to themes default skin
+    Ini.SkinNo := Theme.Themes[Ini.Theme].DefaultSkin;
+  end;
+
+  { set skins default color }
+  if (SelInteraction = 0) or (SelInteraction = 1) then
+  begin
+    Ini.Color := Skin.GetDefaultColor(Ini.SkinNo);
+  end;
+
+  ReloadTheme();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.InteractDec;
+begin
+  inherited InteractDec;
+
+  //Update Skins
+  if (SelInteraction = 0 ) then
+  begin
+    Skin.OnThemeChange;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions (Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, SkinSelect, ISkin, Ini.SkinNo);
+
+    // set skin to themes default skin
+    Ini.SkinNo := Theme.Themes[Ini.Theme].DefaultSkin;
+  end;
+
+  { set skins default color }
+  if (SelInteraction = 0) or (SelInteraction = 1) then
+  begin
+    Ini.Color := Skin.GetDefaultColor(Ini.SkinNo);
+  end;
+
+  ReloadTheme();
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsThemes.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsThemes);
+
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme, Ini.Theme, ITheme);
+
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin.oneItemOnly := true;
+  SkinSelect := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, Ini.SkinNo, ISkin);
+
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor, Ini.Color, IColorTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsThemes.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.ReloadTheme;
+begin
+  Theme.LoadTheme(Ini.Theme, Ini.Color);
+
+  ScreenOptionsThemes := TScreenOptionsThemes.create();
+  ScreenOptionsThemes.onshow;
+  Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenOptionsThemes;
+
+  ScreenOptionsThemes.Interaction    := self.Interaction;
+  ScreenOptionsThemes.Draw;
+
+  Display.Draw;
+  SwapBuffers;
+
+  Self.Destroy;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8024108c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyNewRound;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyNewRound = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      //Texts:
+      TextRound: array [0..6] of cardinal;
+
+      TextWinner: array [0..6] of cardinal;
+
+      TextNextRound: cardinal;
+      TextNextRoundNo: cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer1: cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer2: cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer3: cardinal;
+
+      //Statics
+      StaticRound: array [0..6] of cardinal;
+
+      //Scores
+      TextScoreTeam1: cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2: cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3: cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1: cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2: cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3: cardinal;
+
+      TextTeam1Players: cardinal;
+      TextTeam2Players: cardinal;
+      TextTeam3Players: cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3: cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer1: cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer2: cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer3: cardinal;
+
+
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  UParty,
+  ULanguage,
+  USong,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyNewRound.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          Party.CallBeforeSongSelect;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextRound[0] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound1);
+  TextRound[1] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound2);
+  TextRound[2] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound3);
+  TextRound[3] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound4);
+  TextRound[4] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound5);
+  TextRound[5] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound6);
+  TextRound[6] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound7);
+
+  TextWinner[0] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner1);
+  TextWinner[1] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner2);
+  TextWinner[2] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner3);
+  TextWinner[3] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner4);
+  TextWinner[4] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner5);
+  TextWinner[5] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner6);
+  TextWinner[6] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner7);
+
+  TextNextRound := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRound);
+  TextNextRoundNo := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo);
+  TextNextPlayer1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1);
+  TextNextPlayer2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2);
+  TextNextPlayer3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3);
+
+  StaticRound[0] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound1);
+  StaticRound[1] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound2);
+  StaticRound[2] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound3);
+  StaticRound[3] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound4);
+  StaticRound[4] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound5);
+  StaticRound[5] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound6);
+  StaticRound[6] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound7);
+
+  //Scores
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  //Players
+  TextTeam1Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players);
+  TextTeam2Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players);
+  TextTeam3Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticNextPlayer1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1);
+  StaticNextPlayer2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2);
+  StaticNextPlayer3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyNewRound);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.OnShow;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  function GetTeamPlayers(const Num: integer): UTF8String;
+  var
+    Players: array of UTF8String;
+    J: integer;
+  begin
+    if (Num > High(Party.Teams)) or (Num < 0) then
+      exit;
+
+    //Create Players array
+    SetLength(Players, Length(Party.Teams[Num].Players));
+    For J := 0 to High(Party.Teams[Num].Players) do
+      Players[J] := UTF8String(Party.Teams[Num].Players[J].Name);
+
+    //Implode and Return
+    Result := Language.Implode(Players);
+  end;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Visibility of Round Infos
+  for I := 0 to 6 do
+  begin
+    if (I <= High(Party.Rounds)) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticRound[I]].Visible := True;
+      Text[TextRound[I]].Visible := True;
+      Text[TextWinner[I]].Visible := True;
+
+      // update texts:
+      Text[TextRound[I]].Text := Language.Translate('MODE_' + uppercase(Party.Modes[Party.Rounds[I].Mode].Name) + '_NAME');
+      Text[TextWinner[I]].Text := Party.GetWinnerString(I);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticRound[I]].Visible := False;
+      Text[TextRound[I]].Visible := False;
+      Text[TextWinner[I]].Visible := False;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  //Display Scores
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[0].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[0].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(0);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[1].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[1].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(1);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[2].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[2].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(2);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := false;
+  end;  
+
+  //nextRound Texts
+  Text[TextNextRound].Text := Language.Translate('MODE_' + uppercase(Party.Modes[Party.Rounds[Party.CurrentRound].Mode].Name) + '_DESC');
+  Text[TextNextRoundNo].Text := InttoStr(Party.CurrentRound + 1);
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Text := Party.Teams[0].Players[Party.Teams[0].NextPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := false;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Text := Party.Teams[1].Players[Party.Teams[1].NextPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := false;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Text := Party.Teams[2].Players[Party.Teams[2].NextPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f63b37fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyOptions;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyOptions = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      SelectLevel:     cardinal;
+      SelectPlayList:  cardinal;
+      SelectPlayList2: cardinal;
+      SelectRounds:    cardinal;
+
+      IPlaylist: array[0..2] of UTF8String;
+      IPlaylist2: array of UTF8String;
+
+      PlayList:  integer;
+      PlayList2: integer;
+      
+      procedure SetPlaylist2;
+    public 
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  USong,
+  UPlaylist,
+  USongs,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  I, J: integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //Don'T start when Playlist is Selected and there are no Playlists
+          if (Playlist = 2) and (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) = 0) then
+            Exit;
+
+          //Save Difficulty
+          Ini.Difficulty := SelectsS[SelectLevel].SelectedOption;
+          Ini.SaveLevel;
+
+          //Save Playlist
+          PlaylistMan.Mode := TSingMode( Playlist );
+          PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := High(cardinal);
+          //if Category Selected Search Category ID
+          if Playlist = 1 then
+          begin
+            J := -1;
+            for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+            begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                Inc(J);
+
+              if J = Playlist2 then
+              begin
+                PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := I;
+                Break;
+              end;
+            end;
+
+            //No Categorys or Invalid Entry
+            if PlaylistMan.CurPlayList = High(cardinal) then
+              Exit;
+          end
+          else
+            PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := Playlist2;
+
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          //Go to Player Screen
+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer);
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractInc;
+
+          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed
+          if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            SetPlaylist2;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractDec;
+
+          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed
+          if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            SetPlaylist2;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyOptions.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  //Fill IPlaylist
+  IPlaylist[0] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_ALL');
+  IPlaylist[1] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_CATEGORY');
+  IPlaylist[2] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_PLAYLIST');
+
+  //Fill IPlaylist2
+  SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+  IPlaylist2[0] := '---';
+
+  //Clear all Selects
+  PlayList := 0;
+  PlayList2 := 0;
+
+  //Load Screen From Theme
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyOptions);
+
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel.showArrows := true;
+  SelectLevel     := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel, Ini.Difficulty, Theme.ILevel);
+
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayList  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, PlayList, IPlaylist);
+
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayList2 := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, PlayList2, IPlaylist2);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetPlaylist2;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  case Playlist of
+    0:
+      begin
+        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+        IPlaylist2[0] := '---';
+      end;
+    1:
+      begin
+        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 0);
+        for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+        begin
+          if (CatSongs.Song[I].Main) then
+          begin
+            SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(IPlaylist2) + 1);
+            IPlaylist2[high(IPlaylist2)] := CatSongs.Song[I].Artist;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        if (Length(IPlaylist2) = 0) then
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Categories found';
+        end;
+      end;
+    2:
+      begin
+        if (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) > 0) then
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+          PlaylistMan.GetNames(IPlaylist2);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Playlists found';
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  Playlist2 := 0;
+  UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 2, IPlaylist2, Playlist2);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Party.Clear;
+
+  // check if there are loaded modes
+  if Party.ModesAvailable then
+  begin
+    // modes are loaded
+    Randomize;
+  end
+  else
+  begin // no modes found
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_PLUGINS'));
+    Display.AbortScreenChange;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {for I := 0 to 6 do
+    SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7f4d627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyPlayer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyPlayer = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      CountTeams: integer;
+      CountPlayer: array [0..2] of integer;
+
+      SelectTeams:     cardinal;
+      SelectPlayers: array [0..2] of cardinal;
+      procedure UpdateInterface;
+      procedure UpdateParty;
+    public
+      Team1Name: cardinal;
+      Player1Name: cardinal;
+      Player2Name: cardinal;
+      Player3Name: cardinal;
+      Player4Name: cardinal;
+
+      Team2Name: cardinal;
+      Player5Name: cardinal;
+      Player6Name: cardinal;
+      Player7Name: cardinal;
+      Player8Name: cardinal;
+
+      Team3Name: cardinal;
+      Player9Name: cardinal;
+      Player10Name: cardinal;
+      Player11Name: cardinal;
+      Player12Name: cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  ITeams:   array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('2', '3');
+  IPlayers: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('1', '2', '3', '4');
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  UParty,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UScreenPartyOptions,
+  ULanguage;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.UpdateInterface;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+    Btn: integer;
+begin
+  SelectsS[SelectPlayers[2]].Visible := (CountTeams = 1);
+
+  Btn := 0;
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+  begin
+    if (CountTeams + 1 >= I) then
+    begin
+      Button[Btn + 0].Visible := true;
+      Button[Btn + 1].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 1);
+      Button[Btn + 2].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 2);
+      Button[Btn + 3].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 3);
+      Button[Btn + 4].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 4);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Button[Btn + 0].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 1].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 2].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 3].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 4].Visible := false;
+    end;
+    Inc(Btn, 5);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.UpdateParty;
+  var
+    I, J: integer;
+begin
+  {//Save PlayerNames
+  for I := 0 to PartySession.Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+  begin
+    PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Name := PChar(Button[I*5].Text[0].Text);
+    for J := 0 to PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].NumPlayers-1 do
+    begin
+      PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[J].Name := PChar(Button[I*5 + J+1].Text[0].Text);
+      PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[J].TimesPlayed := 0;
+    end;
+  end; }
+
+  // add teams to party
+
+  for I := 0 to CountTeams + 1 do
+  begin
+    Party.AddTeam(Button[I * 5].Text[0].Text);
+
+    for J := 0 to CountPlayer[I] do
+      Party.AddPlayer(I, Button[I * 5 + 1 + J].Text[0].Text);
+  end;
+
+  if (Party.ModesAvailable) then
+  begin //mode for current playersetup available
+    FadeTo(@ScreenPartyRounds, SoundLib.Start);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // no mode available for current player setup
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_MODES_FOR_CURRENT_SETUP'));
+    Party.Clear;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPartyPlayer.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+  procedure IntNext;
+  begin
+    repeat
+      InteractNext;
+    until ((Interactions[Interaction].Typ = iSelectS) and
+      SelectsS[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible) or
+      (Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible);
+  end;
+  procedure IntPrev;
+  begin
+    repeat
+      InteractPrev;
+    until ((Interactions[Interaction].Typ = iSelectS) and
+      SelectsS[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible) or
+      (Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible);
+  end;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+        + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT)
+  else
+    SDL_ModState := 0;
+
+  // Key Down
+  // check normal keys
+  if (Interactions[Interaction].Typ = iButton) then
+  begin
+    case CharCode of
+      Ord('0')..Ord('9'),
+      Ord('a')..Ord('z'),
+      Ord('A')..Ord('Z'),
+      Ord(' '), Ord('-'), Ord('_'), Ord('!'), Ord(','), Ord('<'), Ord('/'),
+      Ord('*'), Ord('?'), Ord(''''), Ord('"'):
+        begin
+          Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text :=
+            Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      // Templates for Names Mod
+      SDLK_F1:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F2:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F3:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F4:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F5:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F6:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F7:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F8:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F9:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F10:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F11:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F12:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11];
+         end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  case PressedKey of
+    SDLK_ESCAPE:
+      begin
+        Ini.SaveNames;
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions);
+      end;
+
+    SDLK_RETURN: UpdateParty;
+
+    // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+    // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+    // functions like this one, called so many times
+    SDLK_DOWN:    IntNext;
+    SDLK_UP:      IntPrev;
+    SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+        if (Interaction in [0,2,8,14]) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractInc;
+
+          UpdateInterface;
+        end;
+      end;
+    SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+        if (Interaction in [0,2,8,14]) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractDec;
+
+          UpdateInterface;
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyPlayer.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyPlayer);
+
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectTeams.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectTeams.showArrows := true;
+  SelectTeams     := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectTeams, CountTeams, ITeams);
+
+  Team1Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team1Name);
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayers[0]  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1, CountPlayer[0], IPlayers);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player1Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player2Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player3Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player4Name);
+
+  Team2Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team2Name);
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayers[1]  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2, CountPlayer[1], IPlayers);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player5Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player6Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player7Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player8Name);
+
+  Team3Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team3Name);
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayers[2]  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3, CountPlayer[2], IPlayers);
+  
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player9Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player10Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player11Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player12Name);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  //Clear Selects
+  CountTeams := 0;
+  CountPlayer[0] := 0;
+  CountPlayer[1] := 0;
+  CountPlayer[2] := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.OnShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // Templates for Names Mod
+  for I := 1 to 4 do
+    Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1];
+
+  for I := 6 to 9 do
+    Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-2];
+
+  for I := 11 to 14 do
+    Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-3];
+
+    Button[0].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[0];
+    Button[5].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[1];
+    Button[10].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[2];
+    // Templates for Names Mod end
+
+  Party.Clear;
+
+  UpdateInterface;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  {for I := 0 to high(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;   }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyRounds.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyRounds.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..070c9eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyRounds.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/branches/experimental/Lua/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas $

+ * $Id: UScreenPartyOptions.pas 2036 2009-12-14 20:59:44Z whiteshark0 $

+ *}

+

+unit UScreenPartyRounds;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses

+  UMenu,

+  SDL,

+  UDisplay,

+  UMusic,

+  UFiles,

+  SysUtils,

+  UThemes;

+

+type

+  TScreenPartyRounds = class(TMenu)

+    private

+      SelectRoundCount: cardinal;

+      SelectRound: array [0..6] of cardinal;

+

+      RoundCount: integer;

+      Round: array [0..6] of integer;

+

+      IModeNames: array of UTF8String;

+      IModeIDs: array of integer;

+

+      procedure UpdateInterface;

+      procedure StartParty;

+    public

+      constructor Create; override;

+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;

+      procedure OnShow; override;

+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

+  end;

+

+const

+  IRoundCount:  array[0..5] of UTF8String = ('2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7');

+

+implementation

+

+uses

+  UGraphic,

+  UMain,

+  UIni,

+  UTexture,

+  ULanguage,

+  UParty,

+  USong,

+  UPlaylist,

+  USongs,

+  UUnicodeUtils;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.UpdateInterface;

+  var

+    I: integer;

+    ActualRounds: integer;

+begin

+  ActualRounds := RoundCount + 2;

+

+  for I := 0 to High(SelectRound) do

+    SelectsS[SelectRound[I]].Visible := (I < ActualRounds);

+end;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.StartParty;

+  var

+    GameRounds: ARounds;

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  SetLength(GameRounds, RoundCount + 2);

+

+  for I := 0 to High(GameRounds) do

+    GameRounds[I] := IModeIds[Round[I]];

+

+  // start party game

+  if (Party.StartGame(GameRounds)) then

+  begin

+    FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound, SoundLib.Start);

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    //error starting party game

+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_CAN_NOT_START_PARTY'));

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TScreenPartyRounds.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := true;

+  if (PressedDown) then

+  begin // Key Down

+    // check normal keys

+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of

+      Ord('Q'):

+        begin

+          Result := false;

+          Exit;

+        end;

+    end;

+

+    // check special keys

+    case PressedKey of

+      SDLK_ESCAPE,

+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

+        begin

+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer);

+        end;

+

+      SDLK_RETURN: StartParty;

+

+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,

+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside

+      // functions like this one, called so many times

+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;

+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;

+      SDLK_RIGHT:

+        begin

+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

+          InteractInc;

+

+          if Interaction = 0 then

+            UpdateInterface;

+        end;

+      SDLK_LEFT:

+        begin

+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

+          InteractDec;

+

+          if Interaction = 0 then

+            UpdateInterface;

+        end;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+constructor TScreenPartyRounds.Create;

+  var

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  RoundCount := 5;

+

+  //Load Screen From Theme

+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyRounds);

+

+  Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount.oneItemOnly := true;

+  Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount.showArrows := true;

+  SelectRoundCount := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount, RoundCount, IRoundCount);

+

+  SetLength(IModeNames, 1);

+  IModeNames[0] := '---';

+  for I := 0 to high(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound) do

+  begin

+    Round[I] := 0;

+    Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I].oneItemOnly := true;

+    Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I].showArrows := true;

+    SelectRound[I] := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I], Round[I], IModeNames);

+  end;

+

+

+  Interaction := 0;

+end;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.OnShow;

+  var

+    ModeList: AParty_ModeList;

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  inherited;

+

+  // check if there are loaded modes

+  if Party.ModesAvailable then

+  begin

+    UpdateInterface;

+    

+    ModeList := Party.GetAvailableModes;

+    SetLength(IModeNames, Length(ModeList));

+    SetLength(IModeIds, Length(ModeList));

+    for I := 0 to High(ModeList) do

+    begin

+      IModeNames[I] := ModeList[I].Name;

+      IModeIds[I]   := ModeList[I].Index;

+    end;

+

+    for I := 0 to High(SelectRound) do

+      UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I] , SelectRound[I], IModeNames, Round[I]);

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    // no mode available for current player setup

+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_MODES_FOR_CURRENT_SETUP'));

+    Party.Clear;

+    Display.AbortScreenChange;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

+begin

+  {for I := 0 to 6 do

+    SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;}

+end;

+

+end.

diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32ca5db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyScore;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyScore = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextScoreTeam1:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3:    cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Deco:   cardinal;
+      TextWinner:        cardinal;
+
+      DecoTex:          array[0..5] of integer;
+      DecoColor:        array[0..5] of Record
+                                        R, G, B: real;
+                        end;
+
+      MaxScore:          word;
+      
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UParty,
+  ULanguage,
+  UTexture,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+
+          Party.NextRound; //< go to next round
+
+          if (not Party.GameFinished) then
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin);
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyScore.Create;
+var
+  Tex:  TTexture;
+  R, G, B: real;
+  Color: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG);
+  StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG);
+  StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG);
+  StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco);
+
+  TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextWinner);
+
+  //Load Deco Textures
+  if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+  begin
+    //Get Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[0].R := R;
+    DecoColor[0].G := G;
+    DecoColor[0].B := B;
+
+    //Load Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture),
+      Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[0] := Tex.TexNum;
+
+    //Get Second Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[1].R := R;
+    DecoColor[1].G := G;
+    DecoColor[1].B := B;
+
+    //Load Second Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture),
+      Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[1] := Tex.TexNum;
+
+    //Get Third Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[2].R := R;
+    DecoColor[2].G := G;
+    DecoColor[2].B := B;
+
+    //Load Third Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture),
+      Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[2] := Tex.TexNum;
+  end;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyScore);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyScore.OnShow;
+var
+  Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // indicate that round is finished
+  Party.RoundPlayed;
+
+  // get rankings for current round
+  Ranking := Party.Rounds[Party.CurrentRound].Ranking;
+
+
+  {//Set Statics Length
+  Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;
+  Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;
+  Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;
+
+  //fix: prevents statics from drawn out of bounds.
+  if Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+  if Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+  if Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := 99; }
+
+  //Set Winnertext
+  Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [Party.GetWinnerString(Party.CurrentRound)]);
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[0].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := Utf8String(Party.Teams[0].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Ranking) >= 1) and (Ranking[0].Rank >= 1) and (Ranking[0].Rank <= Length(DecoTex)) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Ranking[0].Rank-1];
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Ranking[0].Rank-1].R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Ranking[0].Rank-1].G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Ranking[0].Rank-1].B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[1].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[1].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Ranking) >= 2) and (Ranking[1].Rank >= 1) and (Ranking[1].Rank <= Length(DecoTex)) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Ranking[1].Rank-1];
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Ranking[1].Rank-1].R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Ranking[1].Rank-1].G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Ranking[1].Rank-1].B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[2].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[2].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Ranking) >= 3) and (Ranking[2].Rank >= 1) and (Ranking[2].Rank <= Length(DecoTex)) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Ranking[2].Rank-1];
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Ranking[2].Rank-1].R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Ranking[2].Rank-1].G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Ranking[2].Rank-1].B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyScore.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed8d017c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyWin;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyWin = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextScoreTeam1:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3:    cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Deco:   cardinal;
+      TextWinner:        cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UParty,
+  ULanguage,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyWin.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyWin.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG);
+  StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1Deco);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG);
+  StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2Deco);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG);
+  StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3Deco);
+
+  TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextWinner);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyWin);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyWin.OnShow;
+var
+ I: integer;
+ Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+
+  Function GetTeamColor(Team: integer): cardinal;
+  var
+    NameString: string;
+  begin
+    NameString := 'P' + InttoStr(Team+1) + 'Dark';
+
+    Result := ColorExists(NameString);
+  end;
+
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // get team ranking
+  // Ranking is sorted by score
+  Ranking := Party.GetTeamRanking;
+
+  //Set Winnertext
+  Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [Party.GetWinnerString(-1)]);
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := IntToStr(Party.Teams[Ranking[0].Team].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := Party.Teams[Ranking[0].Team].Name;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := true;
+
+    //Set Static Color to Team Color
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[0].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[0].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := IntToStr(Party.Teams[Ranking[1].Team].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := Party.Teams[Ranking[1].Team].Name;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := true;
+
+    //Set Static Color to Team Color
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[1].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[1].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := IntToStr(Party.Teams[Ranking[2].Team].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := Party.Teams[Ranking[2].Team].Name;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := true;
+
+    //Set Static Color to Team Color
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[2].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[2].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyWin.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Score / maxScore;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Score / maxScore;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Score / maxScore;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdf4a69c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPopup;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TPopupCheckHandler = procedure(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer);
+
+  TScreenPopupCheck = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      fHandler: TPopupCheckHandler;
+      fHandlerData: Pointer;
+
+    public
+      Visible: boolean; // whether the menu should be drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String; Handler: TPopupCheckHandler;
+          HandlerData: Pointer; DefaultValue: boolean = false);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TScreenPopup = class(TMenu)
+    {
+    private
+      CurMenu: byte; //Num of the cur. Shown Menu
+    }
+    public
+      Visible: boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+      procedure ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenPopupError = class(TScreenPopup)
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenPopupInfo = class(TScreenPopup)
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+  end;
+
+var
+  //ISelections: array of string;
+  SelectValue: integer;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UDisplay,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+{ TScreenPopupCheck }
+
+function TScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  Value: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Value := false;
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Value := (Interaction = 0);
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:  InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:    InteractPrev;
+ 
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:  InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (not Result) then
+  begin
+    if (@fHandler <> nil) then
+      fHandler(Value, fHandlerData);
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPopupCheck.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  fHandler := nil;
+  fHandlerData := nil;
+
+  AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.TextCheck);
+  
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.CheckPopup);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button2);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2');
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPopupCheck.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupCheck.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String; Handler: TPopupCheckHandler;
+    HandlerData: Pointer; DefaultValue: boolean);
+begin
+  if (DefaultValue) then
+    Interaction := 0
+  else
+    Interaction := 1;
+  Visible := true;  //Set Visible
+  fHandler := Handler;
+  fHandlerData := HandlerData;
+
+  Text[0].Text := Language.Translate(msg);
+
+  Button[0].Visible := true;
+  Button[1].Visible := true;
+
+  Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+  Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NO');
+
+  Background.OnShow
+end;
+
+{ TScreenPopup }
+
+function TScreenPopup.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPopup.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.TextError);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.ErrorPopup);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.ErrorPopup.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPopup.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Draw := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopup.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopup.OnHide;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopup.ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String);
+begin
+  Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction
+  Visible := true;  //Set Visible
+  Background.OnShow;
+
+{  //dirty hack... Text[0] is invisible for some strange reason
+  for i:=1 to high(Text) do
+    if i-1 <= high(msg) then
+    begin
+      Text[i].Visible := true;
+      Text[i].Text := msg[i-1];
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Text[i].Visible := false;
+    end;}
+  Text[0].Text := msg;
+
+  Button[0].Visible := true;
+
+  Button[0].Text[0].Text := 'OK';
+end;
+
+{ TScreenPopupError }
+
+constructor TScreenPopupError.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Text[1].Text := Language.Translate('MSG_ERROR_TITLE');
+end;
+
+{ TScreenPopupInfo }
+
+constructor TScreenPopupInfo.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Text[1].Text := Language.Translate('MSG_INFO_TITLE');
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de7675bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenScore;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes,
+  gl,
+  math,
+  UTexture;
+
+const
+  ZBars:            real = 0.8;   // Z value for the bars
+  ZRatingPic:       real = 0.8;   // Z value for the rating pictures
+
+  EaseOut_MaxSteps: real = 10;    // that's the speed of the bars (10 is fast | 100 is slower)
+
+  BarRaiseSpeed:    cardinal = 14; // Time for raising the bar one step higher (in ms)
+
+type
+  TScoreBarType = (sbtScore, sbtLine, sbtGolden);
+  TPlayerScoreScreenTexture = record            // holds all colorized textures for up to 6 players
+    //Bar textures
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark:     TTexture;      // Note
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Dark:     TTexture;      // that's the round thing on top
+
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Light:    TTexture;      // LineBonus | Phrasebonus
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Light:    TTexture;
+
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest: TTexture;      // GoldenNotes
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest: TTexture;
+
+    Player_Id_Box: TTexture;                    // boxes with player numbers
+  end;
+
+  TPlayerScoreScreenData = record               // holds the positions and other data
+    Bar_Y:                  real;
+    Bar_Actual_Height:      real;               // this one holds the actual height of the bar, while we animate it
+    BarScore_ActualHeight:  real;
+    BarLine_ActualHeight:   real;
+    BarGolden_ActualHeight: real;
+  end;
+
+  TPlayerScoreRatingPics = record               // a fine array of the rating pictures
+    RateEaseStep:  integer;
+    RateEaseValue: real;
+  end;
+
+  { hold maps of players to the different positions }
+  TPlayerPositionMap = record
+    Position: byte; // 1..6: Position of Player; 0: no position (e.g. too little screens)
+    Screen: byte;   // 0 - Screen 1; 1 - Screen 2
+    BothScreens: boolean; // true if player is drawn on both screens
+  end;
+  APlayerPositionMap = array of TPlayerPositionMap;
+
+  { textures for playerstatics of seconds screen players }
+  TPlayerStaticTexture = record
+    Tex: TTexture;    
+  end;
+
+  TScreenScore = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      { holds position and screen of players(index)
+        set by calling MapPlayerstoPosition() }
+      PlayerPositionMap: APlayerPositionMap;
+
+      BarTime:            cardinal;
+
+      aPlayerScoreScreenTextures: array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenTexture;
+      aPlayerScoreScreenDatas:    array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenData;
+      aPlayerScoreScreenRatings:  array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreRatingPics;
+
+      BarScore_EaseOut_Step:  real;
+      BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step: real;
+      BarGolden_EaseOut_Step: real;
+
+      TextArtist:             integer;
+      TextTitle:              integer;
+
+      TextArtistTitle:        integer;
+
+      TextName:             array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextScore:            array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      TextNotes:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextNotesScore:       array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextLineBonus:        array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextLineBonusScore:   array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGoldenNotes:      array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextTotal:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextTotalScore:       array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      PlayerStatic:         array[1..6] of array of integer;
+      { texture pairs for swapping when screens = 2
+        first array level: index of player ( actually this is a position
+          1    - Player 1 if PlayersPlay = 1 <- we don't need swapping here
+          2..3 - Player 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 if PlayersPlay = 2 or 4
+          4..6 - Player 1 - 3 or 4 - 6 if PlayersPlay = 3 or 6 )
+        second array level: different playerstatics for positions
+        third array level: texture for screen 1 or 2 }
+      PlayerStaticTextures: array[1..6] of array of array [1..2] of TPlayerStaticTexture;
+      PlayerTexts:          array[1..6] of array of integer;
+
+      StaticBoxLightest:    array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBoxLight:       array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBoxDark:        array[1..6] of integer;
+      { texture pairs for swapping when screens = 2
+        for boxes
+        first array level: index of player ( actually this is a position
+          1    - Player 1 if PlayersPlay = 1 <- we don't need swapping here
+          2..3 - Player 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 if PlayersPlay = 2 or 4
+          4..6 - Player 1 - 3 or 4 - 6 if PlayersPlay = 3 or 6 )
+        second array level: different boxes for positions (0: lightest; 1: light; 2: dark)
+        third array level: texture for screen 1 or 2 }
+      PlayerBoxTextures: array[1..6] of array[0..2] of array [1..2] of TPlayerStaticTexture;
+
+      StaticBackLevel:      array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBackLevelRound: array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticLevel:          array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticLevelRound:     array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      { statics with players ids }
+      StaticPlayerIdBox:    array[1..6] of integer;
+      TexturePlayerIdBox:   array[1..6] of TTexture;
+
+      Animation:            real;
+
+      TextScore_ActualValue:  array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGolden_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      procedure MapPlayersToPosition;
+
+      procedure FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);
+      procedure FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber: integer);
+
+      procedure UpdateAnimation;
+      {****
+       * helpers for bar easing
+       *}
+      procedure EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber: integer; BarType: TScoreBarType);
+      procedure EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: TScoreBarType);
+
+      procedure DrawPlayerBars;
+
+      procedure DrawBar(BarType: TScoreBarType; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);
+
+      {****
+       * helpers for rating picture
+       *}
+      procedure ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);
+      function  CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber: integer): real;
+      procedure DrawRating(PlayerNumber: integer; Rating: integer);
+
+      { for player static texture swapping }
+      procedure LoadSwapTextures;
+      procedure SwapToScreen(Screen: integer);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: Integer; BtnDown: Boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnShowFinish; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UScreenSong,
+  UMenuStatic,
+  UTime,
+  UIni,
+  USkins,
+  ULog,
+  ULanguage,
+  UNote,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+
+function TScreenScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenTop5);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SYSREQ:
+        begin
+          Display.SaveScreenShot;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenScore.ParseMouse(MouseButton: Integer; BtnDown: Boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) and BtnDown then begin
+    //left-click anywhere sends return
+    ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.LoadSwapTextures;
+  var
+    P, I: integer;
+    PlayerNum, PlayerNum2: integer;
+    Color: string;
+    R, G, B: real;
+    StaticNum: integer;
+    ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic;
+begin
+  { we only need to load swapping textures if in dualscreen mode }
+  if Screens = 2 then
+  begin
+    { load swapping textures for custom statics }
+    for P := low(PlayerStatic) to High(PlayerStatic) do
+    begin
+      SetLength(PlayerStaticTextures[P], Length(PlayerStatic[P]));
+
+      { get the players that actually are on this position }
+      case P of
+        1: begin
+          PlayerNum := 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := 1;
+        end;
+
+        2, 3: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 2;
+        end;
+
+        4..6: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 3;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 3;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      for I := 0 to High(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      begin
+        // copy current statics texture to texture for screen 1
+        PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 1].Tex := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture;
+
+        // fallback to first screen texture for 2nd screen
+        PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 1].Tex;
+
+        { texture for second screen }
+        { we only change color for statics with playercolor
+          and with Texture type colorized
+          also we don't need to swap for one player position }
+        if (P <> 1) and
+           (Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Typ = Texture_Type_Colorized) and
+           (Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Color) >= 2) and
+           (copy(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Color, 1, 2) = 'P' + IntToStr(PlayerNum)) then
+        begin
+          // get the color
+          Color := Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Color;
+          Color[2] := IntToStr(PlayerNum2)[1];
+          LoadColor(R, G, B, Color);
+
+          with Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I] do
+            PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Tex), Typ, RGBFloatToInt(R, G, B));
+
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.X := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.X;
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.Y := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.Y;
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.W := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.W;
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.H := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.H;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    { load swap textures for boxes }
+    for P := low(PlayerBoxTextures) to High(PlayerBoxTextures) do
+    begin
+      { get the players that actually are on this position }
+      case P of
+        1: begin
+          PlayerNum := 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := 1;
+        end;
+
+        2, 3: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 2;
+        end;
+
+        4..6: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 3;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 3;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      for I := 0 to High(PlayerBoxTextures[P]) do
+      begin
+        case I of
+          0: begin
+            StaticNum := StaticBoxLightest[P];
+            ThemeStatic := Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[P];
+          end;
+          1: begin
+            StaticNum := StaticBoxLight[P];
+            ThemeStatic := Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[P];
+          end;
+          2: begin
+            StaticNum := StaticBoxDark[P];
+            ThemeStatic := Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[P];
+          end;
+        end;
+        // copy current statics texture to texture for screen 1
+        PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 1].Tex := Statics[StaticNum].Texture;
+
+        // fallback to first screen texture for 2nd screen
+        PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 1].Tex;
+
+        { texture for second screen }
+        { we only change color for statics with playercolor
+          and with Texture type colorized
+          also we don't need to swap for one player position }
+        if (P <> 1) and
+           (ThemeStatic.Typ = Texture_Type_Colorized) and
+           (Length(ThemeStatic.Color) >= 2) and
+           (copy(ThemeStatic.Color, 1, 2) = 'P' + IntToStr(PlayerNum)) then
+        begin
+          // get the color
+          Color := ThemeStatic.Color;
+          Color[2] := IntToStr(PlayerNum2)[1];
+          LoadColor(R, G, B, Color);
+
+          with ThemeStatic do
+            PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Tex), Typ, RGBFloatToInt(R, G, B));
+
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.X := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.X;
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.Y := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.Y;
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.W := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.W;
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.H := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.H;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.SwapToScreen(Screen: integer);
+  var
+    P, I: integer;
+begin
+  { if screens = 2 and playerplay <= 3 the 2nd screen shows the
+    textures of screen 1 }
+  if (PlayersPlay <= 3) and (Screen = 2) then
+    Screen := 1;
+
+  { set correct box textures }
+  for I := 0 to High(PlayerPositionMap) do
+  begin
+    if (PlayerPositionMap[I].Position > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[I].BothScreens)) then
+    begin
+      // we just set the texture specific stuff
+      // so we don't overwrite e.g. width and height
+      with Statics[StaticPlayerIdBox[PlayerPositionMap[I].Position]].Texture do
+      begin
+        TexNum := aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[I+1].Player_Id_Box.TexNum;
+        TexW := aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[I+1].Player_Id_Box.TexW;
+        TexH := aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[I+1].Player_Id_Box.TexH;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (Screens = 2) then
+  begin
+    { to keep it simple we just swap all statics, not just the shown ones }
+    for P := Low(PlayerStatic) to High(PlayerStatic) do
+      for I := 0 to High(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      begin
+        Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture := PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, Screen].Tex;
+      end;
+
+    { box statics }
+    for P := Low(PlayerStatic) to High(PlayerStatic) do
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture := PlayerBoxTextures[P, 0, Screen].Tex;
+      Statics[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture := PlayerBoxTextures[P, 1, Screen].Tex;
+      Statics[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture := PlayerBoxTextures[P, 2, Screen].Tex;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenScore.Create;
+var
+  Player:  integer;
+  Counter: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Score);
+
+  // These two texts arn't used in the deluxe skin
+  TextArtist      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtist);
+  TextTitle       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTitle);
+
+  TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtistTitle);
+
+  for Player := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    SetLength(PlayerStatic[Player], Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]));
+    SetLength(PlayerTexts[Player],  Length(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]));
+
+    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]) do
+      PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]);
+
+    
+
+    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]) do
+      PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]       := AddText(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]);
+
+    TextName[Player]             := AddText(Theme.Score.TextName[Player]);
+    TextScore[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextScore[Player]);
+
+    TextNotes[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotes[Player]);
+    TextNotesScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotesScore[Player]);
+    TextLineBonus[Player]        := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonus[Player]);
+    TextLineBonusScore[Player]   := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonusScore[Player]);
+    TextGoldenNotes[Player]      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotes[Player]);
+    TextGoldenNotesScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[Player]);
+    TextTotal[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotal[Player]);
+    TextTotalScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotalScore[Player]);
+
+    StaticBoxLightest[Player]    := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[Player]);
+    StaticBoxLight[Player]       := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[Player]);
+    StaticBoxDark[Player]        := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[Player]);
+
+    StaticBackLevel[Player]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[Player]);
+    StaticBackLevelRound[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevelRound[Player]);
+    StaticLevel[Player]          := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevel[Player]);
+    StaticLevelRound[Player]     := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevelRound[Player]);
+    StaticPlayerIdBox[Player]    := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticPlayerIdBox[Player]);
+
+    //textures
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[Player];
+
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[Player];
+
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Player_Id_Box := Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('PlayerIDBox0' + IntToStr(Player)), Texture_Type_Transparent);
+  end;
+
+  LoadSwapTextures;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.MapPlayersToPosition;
+  var
+    ArrayStartModifier: integer;
+    PlayersPerScreen: integer;
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  // all statics / texts are loaded at start - so that we have them all even if we change the amount of players
+  // To show the corrects statics / text from the them, we simply modify the start of the according arrays
+  // 1 Player -> Player[0].Score         (The score for one player starts at 0)
+  //          -> Statics[1]              (The statics for the one player screen start at 1)
+  // 2 Player -> Player[0..1].Score
+  //          -> Statics[2..3]
+  // 3 Player -> Player[0..5].Score
+  //          -> Statics[4..6]
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:    ArrayStartModifier := 1;
+    2, 4: ArrayStartModifier := 2;
+    3, 6: ArrayStartModifier := 4;
+  else
+    ArrayStartModifier := 0; //this should never happen
+  end;
+
+  if (PlayersPlay <= 3) then
+    PlayersPerScreen := PlayersPlay
+  else
+    PlayersPerScreen := PlayersPlay div 2;
+
+  SetLength(PlayerPositionMap, PlayersPlay);
+
+  // actually map players to positions
+  for I := 0 to PlayersPlay - 1 do
+  begin
+    PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen := (I div PlayersPerScreen) + 1;
+    if (PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen > Screens) then
+      PlayerPositionMap[I].Position := 0
+    else
+      PlayerPositionMap[I].Position := ArrayStartModifier + (I mod PlayersPerScreen);
+    PlayerPositionMap[I].BothScreens := (PlayersPlay <= 3) and (Screens > 1);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.UpdateAnimation;
+var
+  CurrentTime: integer;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+
+  if (ScreenAct = 1) and ShowFinish then
+    while (CurrentTime >= BarTime) do
+    begin
+      Inc(BarTime, BarRaiseSpeed);
+
+      // We actually arise them in the right order, but we have to draw them in reverse order (golden -> phrase -> mainscore)
+      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarScore_EaseOut_Step:= BarScore_EaseOut_Step + 1
+
+      // PhrasenBonus
+      else if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step + 1
+
+      // GoldenNotebonus
+      else if (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step + 1
+
+      // rating icon
+      else
+        for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+          CalculateBouncing(I);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.DrawPlayerBars;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+  begin
+    if (PlayerPositionMap[I].Position > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[I].BothScreens)) then
+    begin
+      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then
+      begin
+        if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then
+        begin
+          // Draw golden score bar #
+          EaseBarIn(I + 1, sbtGolden);
+          EaseScoreIn(I + 1, sbtGolden);
+        end;
+
+        // Draw phrase score bar #
+        EaseBarIn(I + 1, sbtLine);
+        EaseScoreIn(I + 1, sbtLine);
+      end;
+
+      // Draw plain score bar #
+      EaseBarIn(I + 1, sbtScore);
+      EaseScoreIn(I + 1, sbtScore);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.OnShow;
+var
+  P: integer;  // player
+  I: integer;
+  V: array[1..6] of boolean; // visibility array
+
+begin
+
+  {**
+   * Turn backgroundmusic on
+   *}
+  SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+
+  inherited;
+
+  MapPlayersToPosition;
+
+  for P := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    // data
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[P].Bar_Y                  := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerPositionMap[P-1].Position].Y;
+
+    // ratings
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseStep         := 1;
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseValue        := 20;
+
+    // actual values
+    TextScore_ActualValue[P]  := 0;
+    TextPhrase_ActualValue[P] := 0;
+    TextGolden_ActualValue[P] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  Text[TextArtist].Text      := CurrentSong.Artist;
+  Text[TextTitle].Text       := CurrentSong.Title;
+  Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title;
+
+  // set visibility
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:  begin
+          V[1] := true;
+          V[2] := false;
+          V[3] := false;
+          V[4] := false;
+          V[5] := false;
+          V[6] := false;
+        end;
+    2, 4:  begin
+          V[1] := false;
+          V[2] := true;
+          V[3] := true;
+          V[4] := false;
+          V[5] := false;
+          V[6] := false;
+        end;
+    3, 6:  begin
+          V[1] := false;
+          V[2] := false;
+          V[3] := false;
+          V[4] := true;
+          V[5] := true;
+          V[6] := true;
+        end;
+  end;
+
+  for P := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+   Text[TextName[P]].Visible               := V[P];
+   Text[TextScore[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+
+    // We set alpha to 0 , so we can nicely blend them in when we need them
+    Text[TextScore[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;
+    Text[TextNotes[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Alpha               := 0;
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Alpha          := 0;
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Alpha             := 0;
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Alpha        := 0;
+    Text[TextTotal[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;
+    Statics[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0;
+    Statics[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture.Alpha    := 0;
+    Statics[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture.Alpha     := 0;
+
+    Text[TextNotes[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];
+    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Visible          := V[P];
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Visible     := V[P];
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Visible        := V[P];
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Visible   := V[P];
+    Text[TextTotal[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];
+
+    for I := 0 to high(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Visible    := V[P];
+
+    for I := 0 to high(PlayerTexts[P]) do
+      Text[PlayerTexts[P, I]].Visible       := V[P];
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Visible    := V[P];
+    Statics[StaticBoxLight[P]].Visible       := V[P];
+    Statics[StaticBoxDark[P]].Visible        := V[P];
+
+    Statics[StaticPlayerIdBox[P]].Visible     := V[P];
+
+    // we draw that on our own
+    Statics[StaticBackLevel[P]].Visible      := false;
+    Statics[StaticBackLevelRound[P]].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticLevel[P]].Visible          := false;
+    Statics[StaticLevelRound[P]].Visible     := false;
+  end;
+
+  BarScore_EaseOut_Step  := 1;
+  BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := 1;
+  BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := 1;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.onShowFinish;
+var
+  index: integer;
+begin
+  for index := 1 to (PlayersPlay) do
+  begin
+    TextScore_ActualValue[index]  := 0;
+    TextPhrase_ActualValue[index] := 0;
+    TextGolden_ActualValue[index] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  BarTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+end;
+
+function TScreenScore.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  PlayerCounter: integer;
+begin
+{*
+  player[0].ScoreInt       := 7000;
+  player[0].ScoreLineInt   := 2000;
+  player[0].ScoreGoldenInt := 1000;
+  player[0].ScoreTotalInt  := 10000;
+
+  player[1].ScoreInt       := 2500;
+  player[1].ScoreLineInt   := 1100;
+  player[1].ScoreGoldenInt :=  900;
+  player[1].ScoreTotalInt  := 4500;
+//*}
+  // swap static textures to current screen ones
+  SwapToScreen(ScreenAct);
+
+  //Draw the Background
+  DrawBG;
+
+  // Let's start to arise the bars
+  UpdateAnimation;
+
+  // we have to swap the themeobjects values on every draw
+  // to support dual screen
+  for PlayerCounter := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    FillPlayerItems(PlayerCounter);
+  end;
+
+  if (ShowFinish) then
+    DrawPlayerBars;
+
+  //Draw Theme Objects
+  DrawFG;
+
+(*
+    //todo: i need a clever method to draw statics with their z value
+    for I := 0 to Length(Statics) - 1 do
+      Statics[I].Draw;
+    for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do
+      Text[I].Draw;
+*)
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber: integer);
+var
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+  if (ThemeIndex > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].BothScreens)) then
+  begin
+    // todo: take the name from player[PlayerNumber].Name instead of the ini when this is done (mog)
+    Text[TextName[ThemeIndex]].Text := Ini.Name[PlayerNumber-1];
+    // end todo
+
+    //golden
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text         := IntToStr(TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha        := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxLightest[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha             := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    // line bonus
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Text           := IntToStr(TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha          := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxLight[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha    := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+    Text[TextLineBonus[ThemeIndex]].Alpha               := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    // plain score
+    Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxDark[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha     := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+    Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    // total score
+    Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    if(BarGolden_EaseOut_Step = 100) then
+    begin
+      ShowRating(PlayerNumber);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);
+var
+  Rating: integer;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+  if (ThemeIndex > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].BothScreens)) then
+  begin
+    case (Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreTotalInt) of
+     0..2009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_TONE_DEAF');
+         Rating := 0;
+       end;
+     2010..4009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_AMATEUR');
+         Rating := 1;
+       end;
+     4010..5009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_WANNABE');
+         Rating := 2;
+       end;
+     5010..6009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_HOPEFUL');
+         Rating := 3;
+       end;
+     6010..7509:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_RISING_STAR');
+         Rating := 4;
+       end;
+     7510..8509:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_LEAD_SINGER');
+         Rating := 5;
+       end;
+     8510..9009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_SUPERSTAR');
+         Rating := 6;
+       end;
+     9010..10000:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_ULTRASTAR');
+         Rating := 7;
+       end;
+    else
+      Rating := 0; // Cheata :P
+    end;
+
+    //todo: this could break if the width is not given, for instance when there's a skin with no picture for ratings
+    if ( Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W > 0 ) and  ( aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue > 0 ) then
+    begin
+      Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue / Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W;
+    end;
+    // end todo
+
+    DrawRating(PlayerNumber, Rating);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.DrawRating(PlayerNumber: integer; Rating: integer);
+var
+  Posx:  real;
+  Posy:  real;
+  Width: real;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+
+  PosX := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].X + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W  * 0.5);
+  PosY := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].Y + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].H  * 0.5); ;
+
+  Width := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue/2;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexNum);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0);                                                           glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY - Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, 0);                              glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY - Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY + Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH);                              glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY + Width);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+end;
+
+function TscreenScore.CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber: integer): real;
+var
+  p, s:              real;
+
+  RaiseStep, MaxVal: real;
+  EaseOut_Step:      integer;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+
+  EaseOut_Step  := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep;
+  MaxVal        := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W;
+
+  RaiseStep     := EaseOut_Step;
+
+  if (MaxVal > 0) and (RaiseStep > 0) then
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / MaxVal;
+
+  if (RaiseStep = 1) then
+  begin
+    Result := MaxVal;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    p := MaxVal * 0.4;
+
+    s           := p/(2*PI) * arcsin (1);
+    Result := MaxVal * power(2,-5 * RaiseStep) * sin( (RaiseStep * MaxVal - s) * (2 * PI) / p) + MaxVal;
+
+    inc(aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep);
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue := Result;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber: integer; BarType: TScoreBarType);
+const
+  RaiseSmoothness: integer = 100;
+var
+  MaxHeight:    real;
+  NewHeight:    real;
+
+  Height2Reach: real;
+  RaiseStep:    real;
+  BarStartPosY: single;
+
+  lTmp:         real;
+  Score:        integer;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+  MaxHeight    := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].H;
+
+  // let's get the points according to the bar we draw
+  // score array starts at 0, which means the score for player 1 is in score[0]
+  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+  begin
+    Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreInt;
+    RaiseStep    := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;
+    BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].Y + MaxHeight;
+  end
+  else if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+  begin
+    Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreLineInt;
+    RaiseStep    := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;
+    BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;
+  end
+  else if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+  begin
+    Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreGoldenInt;
+    RaiseStep    := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;
+    BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;
+  end;
+
+  // the height dependend of the score
+  Height2Reach := (Score / MAX_SONG_SCORE) * MaxHeight;
+
+  if (aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].Bar_Actual_Height < Height2Reach) then
+  begin
+    // Check http://proto.layer51.com/d.aspx?f=400 for more info on easing functions
+    // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;
+
+    // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity
+    // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion
+    lTmp := (-Height2Reach * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20) + BarStartPosY);
+
+    if ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) and ( lTmp > 0 ) then
+      NewHeight := lTmp / RaiseSmoothness;
+
+  end
+  else
+    NewHeight := Height2Reach;
+
+  DrawBar(BarType, PlayerNumber, BarStartPosY, NewHeight);
+
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight  := NewHeight
+  else if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight   := NewHeight
+  else if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarGolden_ActualHeight := NewHeight;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.DrawBar(BarType: TScoreBarType; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);
+var
+  Width:        real;
+  BarStartPosX: real;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+
+  // this is solely for better readability of the drawing
+  Width        := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].W;
+  BarStartPosX := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].X;
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+  // set the texture for the bar
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest.TexNum);
+
+  //draw it
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY,             ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY,             ZBars);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+
+  //the round thing on top
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Light.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest.TexNum);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         (BarStartPosY - Statics[StaticLevelRound[ThemeIndex]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, (BarStartPosY - Statics[StaticLevelRound[ThemeIndex]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width,  BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,          BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: TScoreBarType);
+const
+  RaiseSmoothness: integer = 100;
+var
+  RaiseStep:        real;
+  lTmpA:            real;
+  ScoreReached:     integer;
+  EaseOut_Step:     real;
+  ActualScoreValue: integer;
+begin
+  if (ScoreType = sbtScore) then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreInt;
+  end;
+  if (ScoreType = sbtLine) then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreLineInt;
+  end;
+  if (ScoreType = sbtGolden) then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreGoldenInt;
+  end;
+
+  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps
+  RaiseStep := EaseOut_Step;
+
+  if (ActualScoreValue < ScoreReached) then
+  begin
+    // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;
+
+    // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity
+    // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion
+    lTmpA := (-ScoreReached * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20));
+    if ( lTmpA           > 0 ) and
+       ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) then
+    begin
+      if (ScoreType = sbtScore) then
+        TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]  := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+      if (ScoreType = sbtLine) then
+        TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+      if (ScoreType = sbtGolden) then
+        TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if (ScoreType = sbtScore) then
+      TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]    := ScoreReached;
+    if (ScoreType = sbtLine) then
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;
+    if (ScoreType = sbtGolden) then
+      TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);
+var
+  S:    string;
+begin
+  Text[TextName[Item]].Text := Ini.Name[P];
+
+  S := IntToStr((Round(Player[P].Score) div 10) * 10);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  //  while (Length(S)<5) do S := '0' + S;
+  //  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  //fixed: line bonus and golden notes don't show up,
+  //       another bug: total score was shown without added golden-, linebonus
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreTotalInt);
+  while (Length(S)<5) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreLineInt);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextLineBonusScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreGoldenInt);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;
+  //end of fix
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..233f1e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSing;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  TextGL,
+  gl,
+  UFiles,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  ULyrics,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  USingScores,
+  USongs,
+  UTexture,
+  UThemes,
+  UPath,
+  UTime,
+  UHookableEvent;
+
+type
+  TLyricsSyncSource = class(TSyncSource)
+    function GetClock(): real; override;
+  end;
+
+  TMusicSyncSource = class(TSyncSource)
+    function GetClock(): real; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TScreenSing = class(TMenu)
+  private
+    fShowVisualization: boolean;
+    fCurrentVideo: IVideo;
+    fVideoClip:    IVideo;
+    fLyricsSync: TLyricsSyncSource;
+    fMusicSync: TMusicSyncSource;
+  protected
+    eSongLoaded: THookableEvent; //< event is called after lyrics of a song are loaded on OnShow
+    Paused:     boolean; //pause Mod
+    NumEmptySentences: integer;
+  public
+    // timebar fields
+    StaticTimeProgress: integer;
+    TextTimeText: integer;
+
+    StaticP1: integer;
+    TextP1:   integer;
+
+    // shown when game is in 2/4 player modus
+    StaticP1TwoP: integer;
+    TextP1TwoP:   integer;
+
+    // shown when game is in 3/6 player modus
+    StaticP1ThreeP: integer;
+    TextP1ThreeP:   integer;
+
+    StaticP2R: integer;
+    TextP2R:   integer;
+
+    StaticP2M: integer;
+    TextP2M:   integer;
+
+    StaticP3R: integer;
+    TextP3R:   integer;
+
+    StaticPausePopup: integer;
+
+    Tex_Background: TTexture;
+    FadeOut: boolean;
+    Lyrics:  TLyricEngine;
+
+    // score manager:
+    Scores: TSingScores;
+
+    //the song was sung to the end
+    SungToEnd: boolean;
+
+    // some settings to be set by plugins
+    Settings: record
+      Finish: Boolean; //< if true, screen will finish on next draw
+
+      LyricsVisible: Boolean; //< shows or hides lyrics
+      NotesVisible: Integer; //< if bit[playernum] is set the notes for the specified player are visible. By default all players notes are visible
+
+      PlayerEnabled: Integer; //< defines whether a player can score atm
+    end;
+    procedure ClearSettings;
+    procedure ApplySettings; //< applies changes of settings record
+    procedure EndSong;
+
+    constructor Create; override;
+    procedure OnShow; override;
+    procedure OnShowFinish; override;
+    procedure OnHide; override;
+
+    function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+      PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+    function Draw: boolean; override;
+
+    procedure Finish; virtual;
+    procedure Pause; // toggle pause
+
+    procedure OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: cardinal);     // for linebonus + singbar
+    procedure OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: cardinal);  // for golden notes
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  Math,
+  UDraw,
+  UGraphic,
+  ULanguage,
+  UNote,
+  URecord,
+  USong,
+  UDisplay,
+  UParty,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+// method for input parsing. if false is returned, getnextwindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+
+function TScreenSing.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+  PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // key down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+      begin
+        // when not ask before exit then finish now
+        if (Ini.AskbeforeDel <> 1) then
+          Finish
+        // else just pause and let the popup make the work
+        else if not Paused then
+          Pause;
+
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+      Ord('V'): // show visualization
+      begin
+        fShowVisualization := not fShowVisualization;
+
+        if fShowVisualization then
+        begin
+          fCurrentVideo := Visualization.Open(PATH_NONE);
+          fCurrentVideo.play;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          fCurrentVideo := fVideoClip;
+        end;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+      Ord('P'):
+      begin
+        Pause;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+      begin
+        // record sound hack:
+        //Sound[0].BufferLong
+
+        Finish;
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        FadeTo(@ScreenScore);
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+      begin
+        Pause;
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_TAB: // change visualization preset
+      begin
+        if fShowVisualization then
+          fCurrentVideo.Position := now; // move to a random position
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+      end;
+
+      // up and down could be done at the same time,
+      // but i don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// pause mod
+procedure TScreenSing.Pause;
+begin
+  if (not Paused) then  // enable pause
+  begin
+    // pause time
+    Paused := true;
+
+    LyricsState.Pause();
+
+    // pause music
+    AudioPlayback.Pause;
+
+    // pause video
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Pause;
+
+  end
+  else              // disable pause
+  begin
+    LyricsState.Start();
+
+    // play music
+    AudioPlayback.Play;
+
+    // video
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Pause;
+
+    Paused := false;
+  end;
+end;
+// pause mod end
+
+constructor TScreenSing.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  //too dangerous, a mouse button is quickly pressed by accident
+  RightMbESC := false;
+
+  fShowVisualization := false;
+
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  // create score class
+  Scores := TSingScores.Create;
+  Scores.LoadfromTheme;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Sing);
+
+  // timebar
+  StaticTimeProgress := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress);
+  TextTimeText := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextTimeText);
+
+  // 1 player       | P1
+  StaticP1 := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1);
+  TextP1   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1);
+
+  // 2 or 4 players | P1
+  StaticP1TwoP := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoP);
+  TextP1TwoP   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoP);
+
+  //                | P2
+  StaticP2R := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2R);
+  TextP2R   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2R);
+
+  // 3 or 6 players | P1
+  StaticP1ThreeP := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreeP);
+  TextP1ThreeP   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreeP);
+
+  //                | P2
+  StaticP2M := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2M);
+  TextP2M   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2M);
+
+  //                | P3
+  StaticP3R := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3R);
+  TextP3R   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3R);
+
+  StaticPausePopup := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.PausePopUp);
+
+  // <note> pausepopup is not visibile at the beginning </note>
+  Statics[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false;
+
+  Lyrics := TLyricEngine.Create(
+      Theme.LyricBar.UpperX, Theme.LyricBar.UpperY, Theme.LyricBar.UpperW, Theme.LyricBar.UpperH,
+      Theme.LyricBar.LowerX, Theme.LyricBar.LowerY, Theme.LyricBar.LowerW, Theme.LyricBar.LowerH);
+
+  fLyricsSync := TLyricsSyncSource.Create();
+  fMusicSync := TMusicSyncSource.Create();
+
+  eSongLoaded := THookableEvent.Create('ScreenSing.SongLoaded');
+
+  ClearSettings;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnShow;
+var
+  Index:  integer;
+  V1:     boolean;
+  V1TwoP: boolean;   // position of score box in two player mode
+  V1ThreeP: boolean; // position of score box in three player mode
+  V2R:    boolean;
+  V2M:    boolean;
+  V3R:    boolean;
+  Color: TRGB;
+  VideoFile, BgFile: IPath;
+  success: boolean;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Begin', 'OnShow');
+  FadeOut := false;
+
+  //the song was sung to the end
+  SungToEnd := false;
+  ClearSettings;
+  Party.CallBeforeSing;
+
+  // reset video playback engine
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  // setup score manager
+  Scores.ClearPlayers; // clear old player values
+  Color.R := 0;
+  Color.G := 0;
+  Color.B := 0; // dummy atm  <- \(O.o)/? B like bummy?
+
+  // add new players
+  for Index := 0 to PlayersPlay - 1 do
+  begin
+    Scores.AddPlayer(Tex_ScoreBG[Index], Color);
+  end;
+
+  Scores.Init; // get positions for players
+
+  // prepare players
+  SetLength(Player, PlayersPlay);
+
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:
+    begin
+      V1     := true;
+      V1TwoP := false;
+      V1ThreeP := false;
+      V2R    := false;
+      V2M    := false;
+      V3R    := false;
+    end;
+    2:
+    begin
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := true;
+      V1ThreeP := false;
+      V2R    := true;
+      V2M    := false;
+      V3R    := false;
+    end;
+    3:
+    begin
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := false;
+      V1ThreeP := true;
+      V2R    := false;
+      V2M    := true;
+      V3R    := true;
+    end;
+    4:
+    begin // double screen
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := true;
+      V1ThreeP := false;
+      V2R    := true;
+      V2M    := false;
+      V3R    := false;
+    end;
+    6:
+    begin // double screen
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := false;
+      V1ThreeP := true;
+      V2R    := false;
+      V2M    := true;
+      V3R    := true;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // this one is shown in 1P mode
+  Statics[StaticP1].Visible := V1;
+  Text[TextP1].Visible     := V1;
+
+  // this one is shown in 2/4P mode
+  Statics[StaticP1TwoP].Visible := V1TwoP;
+  Text[TextP1TwoP].Visible     := V1TwoP;
+
+  Statics[StaticP2R].Visible := V2R;
+  Text[TextP2R].Visible     := V2R;
+
+  // this one is shown in 3/6P mode
+  Statics[StaticP1ThreeP].Visible := V1ThreeP;
+  Text[TextP1ThreeP].Visible     := V1ThreeP;
+
+  Statics[StaticP2M].Visible := V2M;
+  Text[TextP2M].Visible     := V2M;
+
+  Statics[StaticP3R].Visible := V3R;
+  Text[TextP3R].Visible     := V3R;
+
+  // FIXME: sets path and filename to ''
+  ResetSingTemp;
+
+  CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected];
+
+  // FIXME: bad style, put the try-except into loadsong() and not here
+  try
+    // check if file is xml
+    if CurrentSong.FileName.GetExtension.ToUTF8 = '.xml' then
+      success := CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong()
+    else
+      success := CurrentSong.LoadSong();
+  except
+    success := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (not success) then
+  begin
+    // error loading song -> go back to previous screen and show some error message
+    Display.AbortScreenChange;
+    // select new song in party mode
+    if ScreenSong.Mode = smPartyMode then
+      ScreenSong.SelectRandomSong();
+    if (Length(CurrentSong.LastError) > 0) then
+      ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Format(Language.Translate(CurrentSong.LastError), [CurrentSong.ErrorLineNo]))
+    else
+      ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));
+    // FIXME: do we need this?
+    CurrentSong.Path := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected].Path;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * == Background ==
+   * We have four types of backgrounds:
+   *   + Blank        : Nothing has been set, this is our fallback
+   *   + Picture      : Picture has been set, and exists - otherwise we fallback
+   *   + Video        : Video has been set, and exists - otherwise we fallback
+   *   + Visualization: + Off        : No visualization
+   *                    + WhenNoVideo: Overwrites blank and picture
+   *                    + On         : Overwrites blank, picture and video
+   *}
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: video
+   *}
+  fShowVisualization := false;
+  VideoFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Video);
+  if (CurrentSong.Video.IsSet) and VideoFile.IsFile then
+  begin
+    fVideoClip := VideoPlayback.Open(VideoFile);
+    fCurrentVideo := fVideoClip;
+    if (fVideoClip <> nil) then
+    begin
+      fShowVisualization := false;
+      fCurrentVideo.Position := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + CurrentSong.Start;
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: picture
+   *}
+  if (CurrentSong.Background.IsSet) and (fVideoClip = nil)
+    and (TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) = voOff)  then
+  begin
+    BgFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Background);
+    try
+      Tex_Background := Texture.LoadTexture(BgFile);
+    except
+      Log.LogError('Background could not be loaded: ' + BgFile.ToNative);
+      Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+    end
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: visualization (Overwrites all)
+   *}
+  if (TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) in [voOn]) then
+  begin
+    fShowVisualization := true;
+    fCurrentVideo := Visualization.Open(PATH_NONE);
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: visualization (Videos are still shown)
+   *}
+  if ((TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) in [voWhenNoVideo]) and
+     (fVideoClip = nil)) then
+  begin
+    fShowVisualization := true;
+    fCurrentVideo := Visualization.Open(PATH_NONE);
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+  end;
+
+  // prepare lyrics timer
+  LyricsState.Reset();
+  LyricsState.SetCurrentTime(CurrentSong.Start);
+  LyricsState.StartTime := CurrentSong.Gap;
+  if (CurrentSong.Finish > 0) then
+    LyricsState.TotalTime := CurrentSong.Finish / 1000
+  else
+    LyricsState.TotalTime := AudioPlayback.Length;
+  LyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+
+  // prepare and start voice-capture
+  AudioInput.CaptureStart;
+
+  // clear the scores of all players
+
+  for Index := 0 to High(Player) do
+    with Player[Index] do
+    begin
+      Score          := 0;
+      ScoreLine      := 0;
+      ScoreGolden    := 0;
+
+      ScoreInt       := 0;
+      ScoreLineInt   := 0;
+      ScoreGoldenInt := 0;
+      ScoreTotalInt  := 0;
+
+      ScoreLast      := 0;
+
+      LastSentencePerfect := false;
+    end;
+
+  // main text
+  Lyrics.Clear(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM, CurrentSong.Resolution);
+
+  // set custom options
+  case Ini.LyricsFont of
+    0: // normal fonts
+    begin
+      Lyrics.FontStyle := ftNormal;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := Skin_FontR;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := Skin_FontG;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := Skin_FontB;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.4;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.4;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.4;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.02;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.6;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+    end;
+    1, 2: // outline fonts
+    begin
+      if (Ini.LyricsFont = 1) then
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := ftOutline1
+      else
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := ftOutline2;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+    end;
+  end; // case
+
+  // initialize lyrics by filling its queue
+  while (not Lyrics.IsQueueFull) and
+        (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) do
+  begin
+    Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]);
+  end;
+
+  // deactivate pause
+  Paused := false;
+
+  // kill all stars not killed yet (goldenstarstwinkle mod)
+  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;
+
+  // set position of line bonus - line bonus end
+  // set number of empty sentences for line bonus
+  NumEmptySentences := 0;
+  for Index := Low(Lines[0].Line) to High(Lines[0].Line) do
+    if Lines[0].Line[Index].TotalNotes = 0 then
+      Inc(NumEmptySentences);
+
+  eSongLoaded.CallHookChain(False);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('End', 'OnShow');
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.onShowFinish;
+begin
+  // hide cursor on singscreen show    
+  Display.SetCursor;
+
+  // prepare music
+  // Important: AudioPlayback must not be initialized in onShow() as TScreenSong
+  // uses stops AudioPlayback in onHide() which interferes with TScreenSings onShow.
+  AudioPlayback.Open(CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Mp3));
+  AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0);
+  AudioPlayback.Position := CurrentSong.Start;
+
+  // synchronize music
+  if (Ini.SyncTo = Ord(stLyrics)) then
+    AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(fLyricsSync)
+  else
+    AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  // synchronize lyrics (do not set this before AudioPlayback is initialized)
+  if (Ini.SyncTo = Ord(stMusic)) then
+    LyricsState.SetSyncSource(fMusicSync)
+  else
+    LyricsState.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  // start lyrics
+  LyricsState.Start(true);
+
+  // start music
+  AudioPlayback.Play();
+
+  // start timer
+  CountSkipTimeSet;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.ClearSettings;
+begin
+  Settings.Finish := False;
+  Settings.LyricsVisible := True;
+  Settings.NotesVisible := high(Integer);
+  Settings.PlayerEnabled := high(Integer);
+end;
+
+{ applies changes of settings record }
+procedure TScreenSing.ApplySettings;
+begin
+  //
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.EndSong;
+begin
+  Settings.Finish := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnHide;
+begin
+  // background texture
+  if (Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then
+  begin
+    glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(@Tex_Background.TexNum));
+    Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+  end;
+
+  Background.OnFinish;
+  Display.SetCursor;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSing.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:   integer;
+  Sec:   integer;
+  T:     integer;
+  CurLyricsTime: real;
+  VideoFrameTime: Extended;
+  Line: TLyricLine;
+  LastWord: TLyricWord;
+begin
+  Background.Draw;
+
+  // draw background picture (if any, and if no visualizations)
+  // when we don't check for visualizations the visualizations would
+  // be overdrawn by the picture when {UNDEFINED UseTexture} in UVisualizer
+  if (not fShowVisualization) then
+    SingDrawBackground;
+
+  // set player names (for 2 screens and only singstar skin)
+  if ScreenAct = 1 then
+  begin
+    Text[TextP1].Text     := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP2R].Text    := 'P2';
+    Text[TextP2M].Text    := 'P2';
+    Text[TextP3R].Text    := 'P3';
+  end;
+
+  if ScreenAct = 2 then
+  begin
+    case PlayersPlay of
+      4:
+      begin
+        Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P3';
+        Text[TextP2R].Text    := 'P4';
+      end;
+      6:
+      begin
+        Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P4';
+        Text[TextP2M].Text      := 'P5';
+        Text[TextP3R].Text      := 'P6';
+      end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // if
+
+  ////
+  // dual screen, part 1
+  ////////////////////////
+
+  // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we
+  // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here.
+  // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff. Commenting this stuff out, nothing
+  //   was missing on screen w/ 6 players - so do we even need this stuff?
+  {Statics[StaticP1].Texture.X := Statics[StaticP1].Texture.X + 10 * ScreenX;
+
+  Text[TextP1].X := Text[TextP1].X + 10 * ScreenX;  }
+
+  {Statics[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X  := Statics[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP1Score].X                := Text[TextP1Score].X + 10*ScreenX;}
+
+  {Statics[StaticP2R].Texture.X := Statics[StaticP2R].Texture.X + 10 * ScreenX;
+
+  Text[TextP2R].X := Text[TextP2R].X + 10 * ScreenX; }
+
+  {Statics[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Statics[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP2RScore].X               := Text[TextP2RScore].X + 10*ScreenX;}
+
+  // end of weird stuff
+  {
+  Statics[1].Texture.X := Statics[1].Texture.X + 10 * ScreenX;     }
+
+ { for T := 0 to 1 do
+    Text[T].X := Text[T].X + 10 * ScreenX;    }
+
+  // retrieve current lyrics time, we have to store the value to avoid
+  // that min- and sec-values do not match
+  CurLyricsTime := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+  Min := Round(CurLyricsTime) div 60;
+  Sec := Round(CurLyricsTime) mod 60;
+
+  // update static menu with time ...
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := '';
+  if Min < 10 then
+    Text[TextTimeText].Text := '0';
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Min) + ':';
+  if Sec < 10 then
+    Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + '0';
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Sec);
+
+  // draw static menu (BG)
+  // Note: there is no menu and the animated background brakes the video playback
+  //DrawBG;
+
+  //the song was sung to the end?
+  Line := Lyrics.GetUpperLine();
+  if Line.LastLine then
+  begin
+    LastWord := Line.Words[Length(Line.Words)-1];
+    if CurLyricsTime >= GetTimeFromBeat(LastWord.Start+LastWord.Length) then
+      SungToEnd := true;
+  end;
+
+  // update and draw movie
+  if Assigned(fCurrentVideo) then
+  begin
+    // Just call this once
+    // when Screens = 2
+    if (ScreenAct = 1) then
+    begin
+      if (ShowFinish) then
+      begin
+        // everything is setup, determine the current position 
+        VideoFrameTime := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // Important: do not yet start the triggered timer by a call to
+        // LyricsState.GetCurrentTime()
+        VideoFrameTime := CurrentSong.VideoGAP;
+      end;
+      fCurrentVideo.GetFrame(VideoFrameTime);
+    end;
+
+    fCurrentVideo.DrawGL(ScreenAct);
+  end;
+
+  // draw static menu (FG)
+  DrawFG;
+
+  // check for music finish
+  //Log.LogError('Check for music finish: ' + BoolToStr(Music.Finished) + ' ' + FloatToStr(LyricsState.CurrentTime*1000) + ' ' + IntToStr(CurrentSong.Finish));
+  if ShowFinish then
+  begin
+    if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) and ((CurrentSong.Finish = 0) or
+      (LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() * 1000 <= CurrentSong.Finish)) and (not Settings.Finish) then
+    begin
+      // analyze song if not paused
+      if (not Paused) then
+      begin
+        Sing(Self);
+        Party.CallOnSing;
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      if (not FadeOut) then
+      begin
+        Finish;
+        FadeOut := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // always draw custom items
+  SingDraw;
+
+  // goldennotestarstwinkle
+  GoldenRec.SpawnRec;
+
+  // draw scores
+  Scores.Draw;
+
+  ////
+  // dual screen, part 2
+  ////////////////////////
+
+  // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we
+  // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here.
+  // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff
+
+  {Statics[StaticP1].Texture.X := Statics[StaticP1].Texture.X - 10 * ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP1].X := Text[TextP1].X - 10 * ScreenX;
+
+  Statics[StaticP2R].Texture.X := Statics[StaticP2R].Texture.X - 10 * ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP2R].X := Text[TextP2R].X - 10 * ScreenX;
+
+  // end of weird
+
+  Statics[1].Texture.X := Statics[1].Texture.X - 10 * ScreenX;
+
+  for T := 0 to 1 do
+    Text[T].X := Text[T].X - 10 * ScreenX;        }
+
+  // draw pausepopup
+  // FIXME: this is a workaround that the static is drawn over the lyrics, lines, scores and effects
+  // maybe someone could find a better solution
+  if Paused then
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticPausePopup].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticPausePopup].Draw;
+    Statics[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.Finish;
+begin
+  AudioInput.CaptureStop;
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  LyricsState.Stop();
+  LyricsState.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  // close video files
+  fVideoClip := nil;
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  // kill all stars and effects
+  GoldenRec.KillAll;
+
+  if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then
+  begin
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
+    Log.LogVoice(0);
+    Log.LogVoice(1);
+    Log.LogVoice(2);
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Creating files', 0);
+  end;
+
+  SetFontItalic(false);
+
+  Party.CallAfterSing;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: cardinal);
+var
+  PlayerIndex: byte;
+  CurrentPlayer: PPLayer;
+  CurrentScore: real;
+  Line:      PLine;
+  LinePerfection: real;  // perfection of singing performance on the current line
+  Rating:    integer;
+  LineScore: real;
+  LineBonus: real;
+  MaxSongScore: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
+  MaxLineScore: real;    // max. points for the current line
+const
+  // TODO: move this to a better place
+  MAX_LINE_RATING = 8;        // max. rating for singing performance
+begin
+  Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
+
+  // check for empty sentence
+  if (Line.TotalNotes <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set max song score
+  if (Ini.LineBonus = 0) then
+    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE
+  else
+    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS;
+
+  // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
+  MaxLineScore := MaxSongScore * (Line.TotalNotes / Lines[0].ScoreValue);
+
+  for PlayerIndex := 0 to High(Player) do
+  begin
+    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
+    CurrentScore  := CurrentPlayer.Score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden;
+
+    // line bonus
+
+    // points for this line
+    LineScore := CurrentScore - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast;
+
+    // check for lines with low points
+    if (MaxLineScore <= 2) then
+      LinePerfection := 1
+    else
+      // determine LinePerfection
+      // Note: the "+2" extra points are a little bonus so the player does not
+      // have to be that perfect to reach the bonus steps.
+      LinePerfection := LineScore / (MaxLineScore - 2);
+
+    // clamp LinePerfection to range [0..1]
+    if (LinePerfection < 0) then
+      LinePerfection := 0
+    else if (LinePerfection > 1) then
+      LinePerfection := 1;
+
+    // add line-bonus if enabled
+    if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
+    begin
+      // line-bonus points (same for each line, no matter how long the line is)
+      LineBonus := MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS / (Length(Lines[0].Line) -
+        NumEmptySentences);
+      // apply line-bonus
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine :=
+        CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine + LineBonus * LinePerfection;
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine / 10) * 10;
+      // update total score
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt :=
+        CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
+        CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt
+        + CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
+
+      // spawn rating pop-up
+      Rating := Round(LinePerfection * MAX_LINE_RATING);
+      Scores.SpawnPopUp(PlayerIndex, Rating, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt);
+    end
+    else
+      Scores.RaiseScore(PlayerIndex, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt);
+
+    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), part 1
+    if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+      CurrentPlayer.LastSentencePerfect := (LinePerfection >= 1);
+
+    // refresh last score
+    CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast := CurrentScore;
+  end;
+
+  // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), part 2
+  if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+    GoldenRec.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle;
+end;
+
+ // Called on sentence change
+ // SentenceIndex: index of the new active sentence
+procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: cardinal);
+begin
+  // goldenstarstwinkle
+  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;
+
+  // fill lyrics queue and set upper line to the current sentence
+  while (Lyrics.GetUpperLineIndex() < SentenceIndex) or
+    (not Lyrics.IsQueueFull) do
+  begin
+    // add the next line to the queue or a dummy if no more lines are available
+    if (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then
+      Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter])
+    else
+      Lyrics.AddLine(nil);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TLyricsSyncSource.GetClock(): real;
+begin
+  Result := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+end;
+
+function TMusicSyncSource.GetClock(): real;
+begin
+  Result := AudioPlayback.Position;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b83d522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2043 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  UCommon,
+  UDisplay,
+  UPath,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  UMenu,
+  UMenuEqualizer,
+  UMusic,
+  USong,
+  USongs,
+  UTexture,
+  UThemes,
+  UTime;
+
+type
+  TScreenSong = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      Equalizer: Tms_Equalizer;
+
+      PreviewOpened: Integer; // interaction of the Song that is loaded for preview music
+                              // -1 if nothing is opened
+
+      isScrolling: boolean;   // true if song flow is about to move
+
+      procedure StartMusicPreview();
+      procedure StopMusicPreview();
+    public
+      TextArtist:   integer;
+      TextTitle:    integer;
+      TextNumber:   integer;
+
+      //Video Icon Mod
+      VideoIcon: cardinal;
+
+      TextCat:   integer;
+      StaticCat: integer;
+
+      SongCurrent:  real;
+      SongTarget:   real;
+
+      HighSpeed:    boolean;
+      CoverFull:    boolean;
+      CoverTime:    real;
+
+      CoverX:       integer;
+      CoverY:       integer;
+      CoverW:       integer;
+      is_jump:      boolean; // Jump to Song Mod
+      is_jump_title:boolean; //Jump to SOng MOd-YTrue if search for Title
+
+      //Party Mod
+      Mode: TSingMode;
+
+      //party Statics (Joker)
+      StaticTeam1Joker1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker3: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker4: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker5: cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam2Joker1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker3: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker4: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker5: cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam3Joker1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker3: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker4: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker5: cardinal;
+
+      StaticParty:    array of cardinal;
+      TextParty:      array of cardinal;
+      StaticNonParty: array of cardinal;
+      TextNonParty:   array of cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure SetScroll;
+      //procedure SetScroll1;
+      //procedure SetScroll2;
+      procedure SetScroll3;
+      procedure SetScroll4;
+      procedure SetScroll5;
+      procedure SetScroll6;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure GenerateThumbnails();
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+      procedure SelectNext;
+      procedure SelectPrev;
+      procedure SkipTo(Target: cardinal);
+      procedure FixSelected; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+      procedure FixSelected2; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+      procedure ShowCatTL(Cat: integer);// Show Cat in Top left
+      procedure ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: UTF8String);// Show Custom Text in Top left
+      procedure HideCatTL;// Show Cat in Tob left
+      procedure Refresh; //Refresh Song Sorting
+      procedure ChangeMusic;
+      //Party Mode
+      procedure SelectRandomSong;
+      procedure SetJoker;
+      procedure SetStatics;
+      //procedures for Menu
+      procedure StartSong;
+      procedure OpenEditor;
+      procedure DoJoker(Team: integer);
+      procedure SelectPlayers;
+
+      procedure OnSongSelect;   // called when song flows movement stops at a song
+      procedure OnSongDeSelect; // called before current song is deselected
+
+      procedure UnloadDetailedCover;
+
+      //Extensions
+      procedure DrawExtensions;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  UCovers,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UMenuButton,
+  UNote,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UScreenSongMenu,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+// ***** Public methods ****** //
+
+//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected;
+var
+  I, I2: integer;
+begin
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then
+  begin
+    I2:= 0;
+    for I := Low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then
+        inc(I2);
+
+      if I = Interaction - 1 then
+        break;
+    end;
+
+    SongCurrent := I2;
+    SongTarget  := I2;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected2;
+var
+  I, I2: integer;
+begin
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then
+  begin
+    I2:= 0;
+    for I := Low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then
+        inc(I2);
+
+      if I = Interaction - 1 then
+        break;
+    end;
+
+    SongTarget  := I2;
+  end;
+end;
+//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix End
+
+procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: UTF8String);// Show Custom Text in Top left
+begin
+  Text[TextCat].Text := Caption;
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Statics[StaticCat].Visible := false;
+end;
+
+//Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTL(Cat: integer);
+begin
+  //Change
+  Text[TextCat].Text := CatSongs.Song[Cat].Artist;
+  //Statics[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+
+  //Show
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Statics[StaticCat].Visible := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.HideCatTL;
+begin
+  //Hide
+  //Text[TextCat].Visible := false;
+  Statics[StaticCat].Visible := false;
+  //New -> Show Text specified in Theme
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Text[TextCat].Text := Theme.Song.TextCat.Text;
+end;
+//Show Cat in Top Left Mod End
+
+// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenSong.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  I:      integer;
+  I2:     integer;
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+  UpperLetter: UCS4Char;
+  TempStr: UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  //Song Screen Extensions (Jumpto + Menu)
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+    Exit;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+    //Jump to Artist/Titel
+    if ((SDL_ModState and KMOD_LALT <> 0) and (Mode = smNormal)) then
+    begin
+      UpperLetter := UCS4UpperCase(CharCode);
+
+      if (UpperLetter in ([Ord('A')..Ord('Z'), Ord('0') .. Ord('9')]) ) then
+      begin
+        I2 := Length(CatSongs.Song);
+
+        //Jump To Titel
+        if (SDL_ModState = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_LSHIFT)) then
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+          begin
+            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) then
+            begin
+              TempStr := CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title;
+              if (Length(TempStr) > 0) and
+                 (UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(TempStr)[0]) = UpperLetter) then
+              begin
+                SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));
+
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+                SetScroll4;
+                //Break and Exit
+                Exit;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end
+        //Jump to Artist
+        else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+          begin
+            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) then
+            begin
+              TempStr := CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist;
+              if (Length(TempStr) > 0) and
+                 (UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(TempStr)[0]) = UpperLetter) then
+              begin
+                SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));
+
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+                SetScroll4;
+
+                //Break and Exit
+                Exit;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // **********************
+    // * workaround for LCTRL+R: it should be changed when we have a solution for the
+    // * CTRL+'A'..'Z' problem
+    if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (PressedKey = SDLK_R) then
+      CharCode := UCS4Char('R');
+    // **********************
+
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('M'): //Show SongMenu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then
+          begin
+            if (Mode = smNormal) then
+            begin
+              if (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) then // clicked on Song
+              begin 
+                if CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3 then
+                begin
+                  ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist);
+                end
+                else
+                begin
+                  ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);
+                end;
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+                ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+              end;
+            end //Party Mode -> Show Party Menu
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+              ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+            end;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('P'): //Show Playlist Menu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+            ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('J'): //Show Jumpto Menu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSongJumpto.Visible := true;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('E'):
+        begin
+          OpenEditor;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('R'):
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and
+             (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) and (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then // random category
+            begin
+              I2 := 0; // count cats
+              for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+              begin
+                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                  Inc(I2);
+              end;
+
+              I2 := Random(I2 + 1); // random and include I2
+
+              // find cat:
+              for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+                begin
+                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                  Dec(I2);
+                if (I2 <= 0) then
+                begin
+                  // show cat in top left mod
+                  ShowCatTL (I);
+
+                  Interaction := I;
+
+                  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+                  CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+                  SelectNext;
+                  FixSelected;
+                  break;
+                end;
+              end;
+            end
+            else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then // random in all categories
+            begin
+              repeat
+                I2 := Random(High(CatSongs.Song) + 1);
+              until (not CatSongs.Song[I2].Main);
+
+              // search cat
+              for I := I2 downto 0 do
+              begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                break;
+              end;
+              
+              // in I is now the categorie in I2 the song
+
+              // choose cat
+              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+              // show cat in top left mod
+              ShowCatTL (I);
+
+              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+              SelectNext;
+
+              // Fix: not existing song selected:
+              //if (I + 1 = I2) then
+                Inc(I2);
+
+              // choose song
+              SkipTo(I2 - I);
+            end
+            else // random in one category
+            begin
+              SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+            end;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+            SetScroll4;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end; // normal keys
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack
+            if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -1) then
+              begin
+              //Find Category
+              I := Interaction;
+              while (not CatSongs.Song[I].Main) do
+              begin
+                Dec(I);
+                if (I < 0) then
+                  break;
+              end;
+              if (I <= 1) then
+                Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song)
+              else
+                Interaction := I - 1;
+
+              //Stop Music
+              StopMusicPreview();
+
+              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              HideCatTL;
+
+              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+              SelectNext;
+              FixSelected;
+              //SelectPrev(true);
+              //CatSongs.Song[0].Visible := false;
+              end
+            else
+            begin
+            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack End
+              //Tabs off and in Search or Playlist -> Go back to Song view
+              if (CatSongs.CatNumShow < -1) then
+              begin
+                //Atm: Set Empty Filter
+                CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll);
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                HideCatTL;
+                Interaction := 0;
+
+                //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                StopMusicPreview();
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+                FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+              end;
+
+            end;
+          end
+          //When in party Mode then Ask before Close
+          else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then
+          begin
+            if CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main then
+            begin // clicked on Category Button
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              ShowCatTL (Interaction);
+
+              //I := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);
+              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);
+              {I2 := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);
+              SongCurrent := SongCurrent - I + I2;
+              SongTarget := SongTarget - I + I2; }
+
+              //  SetScroll4;
+
+              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+              SelectNext;
+              FixSelected;
+            end
+            else
+            begin // clicked on song
+              if (Mode = smNormal) then //Normal Mode -> Start Song
+              begin
+                //Do the Action that is specified in Ini
+                case Ini.OnSongClick of
+                  0: StartSong;
+                  1: SelectPlayers;
+                  2:begin
+                      if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist)
+                      else
+                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);
+                    end;
+                end;
+              end
+              else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then //PartyMode -> Show Menu
+              begin
+                if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main)
+                else
+                  Party.CallAfterSongSelect;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode
+            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then
+            begin
+              //Cat Change Hack
+              if Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1 then
+              begin
+                I := Interaction;
+                if I <= 0 then
+                  I := 1;
+
+                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main do
+                begin
+                  Inc (I);
+                  if (I > High(catsongs.Song)) then
+                    I := Low(catsongs.Song);
+                end;
+
+                Interaction := I;
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                ShowCatTL (Interaction);
+
+                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                //Play Music:
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+              end;
+
+            //
+            //Cat Change Hack End}
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode
+            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then
+            begin
+              //Cat Change Hack
+              if Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1 then
+              begin
+                I := Interaction;
+                I2 := 0;
+                if I <= 0 then
+                  I := 1;
+
+                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main or (I2 = 0) do
+                begin
+                  if catsongs.Song[I].Main then
+                    Inc(I2);
+                  Dec (I);
+                  if (I < Low(catsongs.Song)) then
+                    I := High(catsongs.Song);
+                end;
+
+                Interaction := I;
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                ShowCatTL (I);
+
+                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                //Play Music:
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+              end;
+            end;
+            //Cat Change Hack End}
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+            SelectNext;
+            SetScroll4;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0)and (Mode = smNormal)  then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+            SelectPrev;
+            SetScroll4;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_1:
+        begin //Joker
+          DoJoker(0);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_2:
+        begin //Joker
+          DoJoker(1);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_3:
+        begin //Joker
+          DoJoker(2);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end; // if (PressedDown)
+end;
+
+function TScreenSong.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+  var
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Btn: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y);
+    exit;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpTo.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongJumpTo.ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y);
+    exit;
+  end
+  else // no extension visible
+  begin
+    if (BtnDown) then
+    begin
+      //if RightMbESC is set, send ESC keypress
+      if RightMbESC and (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then
+        Result:=ParseInput(SDLK_ESCAPE, 0, true)
+
+     //song scrolling with mousewheel
+      else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN) then
+        ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true)
+
+      else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP) then
+        ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true)
+
+      //LMB anywhere starts
+      else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) then
+      begin
+        if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 4) then
+        begin
+          // select the second visible button left from selected
+          I := 0;
+          Btn := Interaction;
+          while (I < 2) do
+          begin
+            Dec(Btn);
+            if (Btn < 0) then
+              Btn := High(CatSongs.Song);
+
+            if (CatSongs.Song[Btn].Visible) then
+              Inc(I);
+          end;
+
+          // test the 5 front buttons for click
+          for I := 0 to 4 do
+          begin
+            if InRegion(X, Y, Button[Btn].GetMouseOverArea) then
+            begin
+              // song cover clicked
+              if (I = 2) then
+              begin // Selected Song clicked -> start singing
+                ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+              end
+              else
+              begin // one of the other 4 covers in the front clicked -> select it
+                J := I - 2;
+                while (J < 0) do
+                begin
+                  ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true);
+                  Inc(J);
+                end;
+
+                while (J > 0) do
+                begin
+                  ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true);
+                  Dec(J);
+                end;
+              end;
+              Break;
+            end;
+
+            Btn := CatSongs.FindNextVisible(Btn);
+            if (Btn = -1) then
+              Break;
+          end;
+        end
+        else
+          ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSong.Create;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Song);
+
+  TextArtist := AddText(Theme.Song.TextArtist);
+  TextTitle :=  AddText(Theme.Song.TextTitle);
+  TextNumber := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNumber);
+
+  //Show Cat in Top Left mod
+  TextCat := AddText(Theme.Song.TextCat);
+  StaticCat :=  AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticCat);
+
+  //Show Video Icon Mod
+  VideoIcon := AddStatic(Theme.Song.VideoIcon);
+
+  //Party Mode
+  StaticTeam1Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker1);
+  StaticTeam1Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker2);
+  StaticTeam1Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker3);
+  StaticTeam1Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker4);
+  StaticTeam1Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker5);
+
+  StaticTeam2Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker1);
+  StaticTeam2Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker2);
+  StaticTeam2Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker3);
+  StaticTeam2Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker4);
+  StaticTeam2Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker5);
+
+  StaticTeam3Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker1);
+  StaticTeam3Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker2);
+  StaticTeam3Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker3);
+  StaticTeam3Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker4);
+  StaticTeam3Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker5);
+
+  //Load Party or NonParty specific Statics and Texts
+  SetLength(StaticParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticParty) do
+    StaticParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(TextParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextParty) do
+    TextParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(StaticNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty) do
+    StaticNonParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(TextNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextNonParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextNonParty) do
+    TextNonParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNonParty[i]);
+
+  // Song List
+  //Songs.LoadSongList; // moved to the UltraStar unit
+  CatSongs.Refresh;
+
+  GenerateThumbnails();
+
+  // Randomize Patch
+  Randomize;
+
+  Equalizer := Tms_Equalizer.Create(AudioPlayback, Theme.Song.Equalizer);
+
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+  isScrolling := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails();
+var
+  I: integer;
+  CoverButtonIndex: integer;
+  CoverButton: TButton;
+  CoverTexture: TTexture;
+  Cover: TCover;
+  CoverFile: IPath;
+  Song: TSong;
+begin
+  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set length of button array once instead for every song
+  SetButtonLength(Length(CatSongs.Song));
+
+  // create all buttons
+  for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+  begin
+    CoverButton := nil;
+
+    // create a clickable cover
+    CoverButtonIndex := AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, PATH_NONE, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections);
+    if (CoverButtonIndex > -1) then
+      CoverButton := Button[CoverButtonIndex];
+    if (CoverButton = nil) then
+      Continue;
+
+    Song := CatSongs.Song[I];
+
+    CoverFile := Song.Path.Append(Song.Cover);
+    if (not CoverFile.IsFile()) then
+      Song.Cover := PATH_NONE;
+
+    if (Song.Cover.IsUnset) then
+      CoverFile := Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover');
+
+    // load cover and cache its texture
+    Cover := Covers.FindCover(CoverFile);
+    if (Cover = nil) then
+      Cover := Covers.AddCover(CoverFile);
+
+    // use the cached texture
+    // TODO: this is a workaround until the new song-loading works.
+    // The TCover object should be added to the song-object. The thumbnails
+    // should be loaded each time the song-screen is shown (it is real fast).
+    // This way, we will not waste that much memory and have a link between
+    // song and cover.
+    if (Cover <> nil) then
+    begin
+      CoverTexture := Cover.GetPreviewTexture();
+      Texture.AddTexture(CoverTexture, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+      CoverButton.Texture := CoverTexture;
+
+      // set selected to false -> the right texture will be displayed
+      CoverButton.Selected := False;
+    end;
+
+    Cover.Free;
+  end;
+
+  // reset selection
+  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0) then
+    Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+{ called when song flows movement stops at a song }
+procedure TScreenSong.OnSongSelect;
+begin
+  if (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) then
+  begin
+    StartMusicPreview;
+  end;
+
+  // fade in detailed cover
+  CoverTime := 0;
+end;
+
+{ called before current song is deselected }
+procedure TScreenSong.OnSongDeSelect;
+begin
+  CoverTime := 10;
+  UnLoadDetailedCover;
+
+  StopMusicPreview();
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll;
+var
+  VS, B: integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    // Set Positions
+    case Theme.Song.Cover.Style of
+      3: SetScroll3;
+      5: SetScroll5;
+      6: SetScroll6;
+      else SetScroll4;
+    end;
+
+    // Set visibility of video icon
+    Statics[VideoIcon].Visible := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Video.IsSet;
+
+    // Set texts
+    Text[TextArtist].Text := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Artist;
+    Text[TextTitle].Text  :=  CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Title;
+    if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then
+    begin
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].OrderNum) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.CatCount);
+      Text[TextTitle].Text  := '(' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + ' ' + Language.Translate('SING_SONGS_IN_CAT') + ')';
+    end
+    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -2) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)
+    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)
+    else if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction - CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber].CatNumber)
+    else
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(Interaction+1) + '/' + IntToStr(Length(CatSongs.Song));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextNumber].Text := '0/0';
+    Text[TextArtist].Text := '';
+    Text[TextTitle].Text  := '';
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+      Button[B].Visible := false;
+
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll1;
+var
+  B:      integer;    // button
+  Src:    integer;
+  //Dst:    integer;
+  Count:  integer;    // Dst is not used. Count is used.
+  Ready:  boolean;
+
+  VisCount: integer;  // count of visible (or selectable) buttons
+  VisInt:   integer;  // visible position of interacted button
+  Typ:      integer;  // 0 when all songs fits the screen
+  Placed:   integer;  // number of placed visible buttons
+begin
+  //Src := 0;
+  //Dst := -1;
+  Count := 1;
+  Typ := 0;
+  Ready := false;
+  Placed := 0;
+
+  VisCount := 0;
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      Inc(VisCount);
+
+  VisInt := 0;
+  for B := 0 to Interaction-1 do
+    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      Inc(VisInt);
+
+  if VisCount <= 6 then
+  begin
+    Typ := 0;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if VisInt <= 3 then
+    begin
+      Typ := 1;
+      Count := 7;
+      Ready := true;
+    end;
+
+    if (VisCount - VisInt) <= 3 then
+    begin
+      Typ := 2;
+      Count := 7;
+      Ready := true;
+    end;
+
+    if not Ready then
+    begin
+      Typ := 3;
+      Src := Interaction;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  // hide all buttons
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := false;
+    Button[B].Selectable := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  for B := Src to Dst do
+  begin
+    //Button[B].Visible := true;
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+    Button[B].Selectable := Button[B].Visible;
+    Button[B].Y := 140 + (B-Src) * 60;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  if Typ = 0 then
+  begin
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 1 then
+  begin
+    B := 0;
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Inc(B);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 2 then
+  begin
+    B := High(Button);
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (6-Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Dec(B);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 3 then
+  begin
+    B := Src;
+    Count := 4;
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (3+Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Inc(B);
+    end;
+
+    B := Src-1;
+    Placed := 0;
+    Count := 3;
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (2-Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Dec(B);
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  if Length(Button) > 0 then
+    Statics[1].Texture.Y := Button[Interaction].Y - 5; // selection texture
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll2;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  //Factor:    integer; // factor of position relative to center of screen
+  //Factor2:   real;
+begin
+  // line
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - Interaction) * 260;
+
+  if Length(Button) >= 3 then
+  begin
+    if Interaction = 0 then
+      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;
+
+    if Interaction = High(Button) then
+      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;
+  end;
+
+  // circle
+  {
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Factor := (B - Interaction); // 0 to center, -1: to left, +1 to right
+    Factor2 := Factor / Length(Button);
+    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Factor2);
+    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll3; // with slide
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  //Factor:    integer; // factor of position relative to center of screen
+  //Factor2:   real;
+begin
+  SongTarget := Interaction;
+
+  // line
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - SongCurrent) * 260;
+    if (Button[B].X < -Button[B].W) or (Button[B].X > 800) then
+      Button[B].Visible := false
+    else
+      Button[B].Visible := true;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  if Length(Button) >= 3 then
+  begin
+    if Interaction = 0 then
+      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;
+
+    if Interaction = High(Button) then
+      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  // circle
+  {
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Factor := (B - Interaction); // 0 to center, -1: to left, +1 to right
+    Factor2 := Factor / Length(Button);
+    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Factor2);
+    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Rotation
+ *)
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:  real;
+  Z, Z2:  real;
+  VS:     integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs();
+
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+    if Button[B].Visible then
+    begin
+      // angle between the cover and selected song-cover in radians
+      Angle := 2*Pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS;
+
+      // calc z-position from angle
+      Z := (1 + cos(Angle)) / 2;  // scaled to range [0..1]
+      Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;        // scaled to range [1/3..1]
+
+      // adjust cover's width and height according its z-position
+      // Note: Theme.Song.Cover.W is not used as width and height are equal
+      //   and Theme.Song.Cover.W is used as circle radius in Scroll5.
+      Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;
+      Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+
+      // set cover position
+      Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X +
+                     (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Angle)) * Z2 -
+                     ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2);
+      Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  +
+                     (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7;
+      Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * rotate
+ *)
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll5;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:    real;
+  Pos:    real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  Padding:     real;
+  X:        real;
+  {
+  Theme.Song.CoverW: circle radius
+  Theme.Song.CoverX: x-pos. of the left edge of the selected cover
+  Theme.Song.CoverY: y-pos. of the upper edge of the selected cover
+  Theme.Song.CoverH: cover height
+  }
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs();
+
+  // Update positions of all buttons
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // adjust visibility
+    if Button[B].Visible then // Only change pos for visible buttons
+    begin
+      // Pos is the distance to the centered cover in the range [-VS/2..+VS/2]
+      Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);
+      if (Pos < -VS/2) then
+        Pos := Pos + VS
+      else if (Pos > VS/2) then
+        Pos := Pos - VS;
+
+      // Avoid overlapping of the front covers.
+      // Use an alternate position for the five front covers. 
+      if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then
+      begin
+        Angle := Pi * (Pos / Min(VS, 5)); // Range: (-1/4*Pi .. +1/4*Pi)
+
+        Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));
+        Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+        //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+        Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+        Padding := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+        X := Sin(Angle*1.3) * 0.9;
+
+        Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Padding;
+        Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);
+        Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;
+
+        if VS < 5 then
+          Button[B].Texture.Alpha := 1 - Abs(Pos) / VS  * 2
+        else
+          Button[B].Texture.Alpha := 1;    
+      end
+      { only draw 3 visible covers in the background
+        (the 3 that are on the opposite of the front covers}
+      else if (VS > 7) and (Abs(Pos) > floor(VS/2) - 1.5) then
+      begin
+        // Transform Pos to range [-1..-3/4, +3/4..+1]
+        { the 3 covers at the back will show up in the gap between the
+          front cover and its neighbors
+          one cover will be hiddenbehind the front cover,
+          but this will not be a lack of performance ;) }
+        if Pos < 0 then
+          Pos := (Pos - 2 + ceil(VS/2))/8 - 0.75
+        else
+          Pos := (Pos + 2 - floor(VS/2))/8 + 0.75;
+
+        // angle in radians [-2Pi..-Pi, +Pi..+2Pi]
+        Angle := 2*Pi * Pos;
+
+        Button[B].H := 0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));
+        Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+        Padding := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+        Button[B].X :=  Theme.Song.Cover.X+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*((Theme.Song.Cover.H)*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);
+        Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.75;
+        Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+        Button[B].Texture.Alpha := 1;
+
+        //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+        Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+      end
+      { all other covers are not visible }
+      else
+      Button[B].Visible := false;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll6; // rotate (slotmachine style)
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:  real;
+  Pos:    real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  diff:   real;
+  X:      real;
+  Factor: real;
+  Z, Z2:  real;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+  if VS <= 5 then
+  begin
+    // circle
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+      if Button[B].Visible then // optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed
+      begin
+  
+        Factor := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms
+
+        Z := (1 + cos(Factor)) / 2;
+        Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;
+
+        Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Factor)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs
+        Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;
+
+        Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;
+
+        //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;
+        Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ;
+        Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    //Change Pos of all Buttons
+    for B := Low(Button) to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility
+      if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons
+      begin
+        Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);
+        if (Pos < -VS/2) then
+          Pos := Pos + VS
+        else if (Pos > VS/2) then
+          Pos := Pos - VS;
+
+        if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions}
+        begin
+          Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5);
+          //Button[B].Visible := false;
+
+          Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+          Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;
+
+          Button[B].X := (Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);
+
+          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+          Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+          X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9;
+
+          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff;
+        end
+        else
+        begin {Behind the Front Covers}
+
+          // limit-bg-covers hack
+          if (abs(VS/2-abs(Pos))>10) then
+            Button[B].Visible := false;
+          if VS > 25 then
+            VS:=25;
+          // end of limit-bg-covers hack
+
+          if Pos < 0 then
+            Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS
+          else
+            Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS;
+
+          Angle := Pi * Pos*2;
+
+          Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+          Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+          Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.5;
+
+          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*(Theme.Song.Cover.H*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+{**
+ * Pause background music, so we can play it again on scorescreen
+ *}
+  SoundLib.PauseBgMusic;
+
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+
+  if Ini.Players <= 3 then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;
+  if Ini.Players  = 4 then PlayersPlay := 6;
+
+  //Cat Mod etc
+  if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then
+  begin
+    CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+    FixSelected;
+    //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+    HideCatTL;
+  end;
+
+  if Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0 then
+  begin
+    SetScroll;
+  end;
+
+  //Playlist Mode
+  if (Mode = smNormal) then
+  begin
+    //If Playlist Shown -> Select Next automatically
+    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+    begin
+      SelectNext;
+    end;
+  end
+  //Party Mode
+  else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+  begin
+    SelectRandomSong;
+    //Show Menu directly in PartyMode
+    //But only if selected in Options
+    if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then
+    begin
+      ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  isScrolling := true;
+  SetJoker;
+  SetStatics;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OnHide;
+begin
+  // turn music volume to 100%
+  AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0);
+
+  // stop preview
+  StopMusicPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.DrawExtensions;
+begin
+  //Draw Song Menu
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSongMenu.Draw;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSongJumpto.Draw;
+  end
+end;
+
+function TScreenSong.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  dx: real;
+  dt: real;
+  I:  integer;
+begin
+  if isScrolling then
+  begin
+    dx := SongTarget-SongCurrent;
+    dt := TimeSkip * 7;
+
+    if dt > 1 then
+      dt := 1;
+
+    SongCurrent := SongCurrent + dx*dt;
+
+    if SameValue(SongCurrent, SongTarget, 0.002) and (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) then
+    begin
+      isScrolling := false;
+      SongCurrent := SongTarget;
+      OnSongSelect;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  if SongCurrent > Catsongs.VisibleSongs then
+  begin
+    SongCurrent := SongCurrent - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;
+    SongTarget := SongTarget - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(5);
+
+  SetScroll;
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(5);
+  //Log.LogBenchmark('SetScroll4', 5);
+
+  //Fading Functions, Only if Covertime is under 5 Seconds
+  if (CoverTime < 5) then
+  begin
+    // cover fade
+    if (CoverTime < 1) and (CoverTime + TimeSkip >= 1) then
+    begin
+      // load new texture
+      Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+      Button[Interaction].Texture.Alpha := 1;
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2 := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;
+    end;
+
+    //Update Fading Time
+    CoverTime := CoverTime + TimeSkip;
+
+    //Update Fading Texture
+    Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := (CoverTime - 1) * 1.5;
+    if Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha > 1 then
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;
+
+  end;
+
+  //inherited Draw;
+  //heres a little Hack, that causes the Statics
+  //are Drawn after the Buttons because of some Blending Problems.
+  //This should cause no Problems because all Buttons on this screen
+  //Has Z Position.
+  //Draw BG
+  DrawBG;
+
+  //Instead of Draw FG Procedure:
+  //We draw Buttons for our own
+  for I := 0 to Length(Button) - 1 do
+    Button[I].Draw;
+
+  // Statics
+  for I := 0 to Length(Statics) - 1 do
+    Statics[I].Draw;
+
+  // and texts
+  for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do
+    Text[I].Draw;
+
+  Equalizer.Draw;
+
+  DrawExtensions;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectNext;
+var
+  Skip: integer;
+  VS:   integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    if (not isScrolling) and (VS > 0) then
+    begin
+      isScrolling := true;
+      OnSongDeselect;
+    end;
+
+    Skip := 1;
+
+    // this 1 could be changed by CatSongs.FindNextVisible
+    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do
+      Inc(Skip);
+
+    SongTarget := SongTarget + 1;//Skip;
+
+    Interaction := (Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    // try to keep all at the beginning
+    if SongTarget > VS-1 then
+    begin
+      SongTarget := SongTarget - VS;
+      SongCurrent := SongCurrent - VS;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // Interaction -> Button, load cover
+  // show uncached texture
+  //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectPrev;
+var
+  Skip: integer;
+  VS:   integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    if (not isScrolling) and (VS > 0) then
+    begin
+      isScrolling := true;
+      OnSongDeselect;
+    end;
+
+    Skip := 1;
+
+    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do
+      Inc(Skip);
+    SongTarget := SongTarget - 1;//Skip;
+
+    Interaction := (Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    // try to keep all at the beginning
+    if SongTarget < 0 then
+    begin
+      SongTarget := SongTarget + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+      SongCurrent := SongCurrent + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+    end;
+
+    // show uncached texture
+    //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartMusicPreview();
+var
+  Song: TSong;
+begin
+  AudioPlayback.Close();
+
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs = 0 then
+    Exit;
+    
+  Song := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];
+  if not assigned(Song) then
+    Exit;
+
+  //fix: if main cat than there is nothing to play
+  if Song.main then
+    Exit;
+
+  if AudioPlayback.Open(Song.Path.Append(Song.Mp3)) then
+  begin
+    PreviewOpened := Interaction;
+    
+    AudioPlayback.Position := AudioPlayback.Length / 4;
+    // set preview volume
+    if (Ini.PreviewFading = 0) then
+    begin
+      // music fade disabled: start with full volume
+      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);
+      AudioPlayback.Play()
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // music fade enabled: start muted and fade-in
+      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0);
+      AudioPlayback.FadeIn(Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StopMusicPreview();
+begin
+  // Stop preview of previous song
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+end;
+
+// Changes previewed song
+procedure TScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+begin
+  StopMusicPreview();
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+  StartMusicPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SkipTo(Target: cardinal);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song);
+  SongTarget  := 0;
+
+  for i := 1 to Target+1 do
+    SelectNext;
+
+  FixSelected2;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectRandomSong;
+var
+  I, I2: integer;
+begin
+  case PlaylistMan.Mode of
+      smNormal:  // all songs just select random song
+        begin
+          // when tabs are activated then use tab method
+          if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then
+          begin
+            repeat
+              I2 := Low(CatSongs.Song) + Random(High(CatSongs.Song) + 1 - Low(CatSongs.Song));
+            until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false;
+
+            // search cat
+            for I := I2 downto Low(CatSongs.Song) do
+            begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                break;
+            end;
+            // I is the cat number, I2 is the no of the song within this cat
+
+            // choose cat
+            CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+            // show cat in top left mod
+            ShowCatTL(I);
+
+            CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+            SelectNext;
+
+            // choose song
+            SkipTo(I2 - I);
+          end
+          // when tabs are deactivated use easy method
+          else
+            SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+        end;
+      smPartyMode:  // one category select category and select random song
+        begin
+          CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+          CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+          ShowCatTL(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+
+          SelectNext;
+          FixSelected2;
+
+          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+        end;
+      smPlaylistRandom:  // playlist: select playlist and select random song
+        begin
+          PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+
+          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+          FixSelected2;
+        end;
+  end;
+
+  AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+  SetScroll;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetJoker;
+begin
+  // If Party Mode
+  if Mode = smPartyMode then //Show Joker that are available
+  begin
+    if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 1);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 2);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 3);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 4);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := false;
+    end;
+
+    if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 1);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 2);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 3);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 4);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := false;
+    end;
+
+    if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 1);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 2);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 3);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 4);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := false;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin //Hide all
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := false;
+
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := false;
+
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetStatics;
+var
+  I:       integer;
+  Visible: boolean;
+begin
+  //Set Visibility of Party Statics and Text
+  Visible := (Mode = smPartyMode);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(StaticParty) do
+    Statics[StaticParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(TextParty) do
+    Text[TextParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  //Set Visibility of Non Party Statics and Text
+  Visible := not Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(StaticNonParty) do
+    Statics[StaticNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(TextNonParty) do
+    Text[TextNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+end;
+
+//Procedures for Menu
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartSong;
+begin
+  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;
+  StopMusicPreview();
+
+  //Party Mode
+  if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSing);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSing);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+begin
+  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;
+  StopMusicPreview();
+
+  ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := true;
+  FadeTo(@ScreenName);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+begin
+  if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and
+     (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and
+     (Mode = smNormal) then
+  begin
+    StopMusicPreview();
+    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+    CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];
+    FadeTo(@ScreenEditSub);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Team No of Team (0-5)
+procedure TScreenSong.DoJoker (Team: integer);
+begin
+  if (Mode = smPartyMode) and
+     (High(Party.Teams) >= Team) and
+     (Party.Teams[Team].JokersLeft > 0) then
+  begin
+    //Use Joker
+    Dec(Party.Teams[Team].JokersLeft);
+    SelectRandomSong;
+    SetJoker;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Detailed Cover Unloading. Unloads the Detailed, uncached Cover of the cur. Song
+procedure TScreenSong.UnloadDetailedCover;
+begin
+  // show cached texture
+  Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+  Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 0;
+
+  if Button[Interaction].Texture.Name <> Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover') then
+    Texture.UnloadTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.Refresh;
+begin
+  {
+  CatSongs.Refresh;
+  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+  Interaction := 0;
+  SelectNext(true);
+  FixSelected;
+  }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3d48679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSongJumpto;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenSongJumpto = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //For ChangeMusic
+      fLastPlayed: integer;
+      fVisible: boolean;
+      fSelectType: TSongFilter;
+      fVisSongs: integer;
+
+      procedure SetTextFound(Count: Cardinal);
+
+      //Visible //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+      //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+      procedure SetVisible(Value: boolean);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+
+      property Visible: boolean read fVisible write SetVisible;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UScreenSong,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or
+        IsPunctuationChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      if (Interaction = 0) then
+      begin
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Button[0].Text[0].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+        SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction = 0) and (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+          begin
+            Button[0].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter();
+            SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN,
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          Visible := false;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          if (fVisSongs = 0) and (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
+            Button[0].Text[0].Text := '';
+            CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll);
+            SetTextFound(0);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          {SelectNext;
+          Button[0].Text[0].Selected := (Interaction = 0);}
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          {SelectPrev;
+          Button[0].Text[0].Selected := (Interaction = 0); }
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          Interaction := 1;
+          InteractInc;
+          if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+            SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+          Interaction := 0;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          Interaction := 1;
+          InteractDec;
+          if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+            SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+          Interaction := 0;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSongJumpto.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddText(Theme.SongJumpto.TextFound);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.SongJumpto);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongJumpto.ButtonSearchText);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, '');
+
+  fSelectType := fltAll;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.SongJumpto.SelectSlideType, PInteger(@fSelectType)^, Theme.SongJumpto.IType);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  fLastPlayed  := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongJumpto.SetVisible(Value: boolean);
+begin
+//If change from invisible to Visible then OnShow
+  if (fVisible = false) and (Value = true) then
+    OnShow;
+
+  fVisible := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongJumpto.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Reset Screen if no Old Search is Displayed
+  if (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -2) then
+  begin
+    SelectsS[0].SetSelectOpt(0);
+
+    Button[0].Text[0].Text := '';
+    Text[0].Text := Theme.SongJumpto.NoSongsFound;
+  end;
+
+  //Select Input
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Button[0].Text[0].Selected := true;
+
+  fLastPlayed := ScreenSong.Interaction;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSongJumpto.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongJumpto.SetTextFound(Count: cardinal);
+begin
+  if (Count = 0) then
+  begin
+    Text[0].Text := Theme.SongJumpto.NoSongsFound;
+    if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) = 0) then
+      ScreenSong.HideCatTL
+    else
+      ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.SongJumpto.CatText, [Button[0].Text[0].Text]));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[0].Text := Format(Theme.SongJumpto.SongsFound, [Count]);
+
+    //Set CatTopLeftText
+    ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.SongJumpto.CatText, [Button[0].Text[0].Text]));
+  end;
+
+  //Set visSongs
+  fVisSongs := Count;
+
+  //Fix SongSelection
+  ScreenSong.Interaction := high(CatSongs.Song);
+  ScreenSong.SelectNext;
+  ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+
+  //Play Correct Music
+  if (ScreenSong.Interaction <> fLastPlayed) or (CatSongs.VisibleSongs = 0) then
+  begin
+    if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) then
+      fLastPlayed := ScreenSong.Interaction
+    else
+      fLastPlayed := -1;
+
+    ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..173ac2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSongMenu;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenSongMenu = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      CurMenu: byte; // num of the cur. shown menu
+    public
+      Visible: boolean; // whether the menu should be drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure MenuShow(sMenu: byte);
+      procedure HandleReturn;
+  end;
+
+const
+  SM_Main = 1;
+
+  SM_PlayList         = 64 or 1;
+  SM_Playlist_Add     = 64 or 2;
+  SM_Playlist_New     = 64 or 3;
+
+  SM_Playlist_DelItem = 64 or 5;
+
+  SM_Playlist_Load    = 64 or 8 or 1;
+  SM_Playlist_Del     = 64 or 8 or 5;
+
+  SM_Party_Main       = 128 or 1;
+  SM_Party_Joker      = 128 or 2;
+
+var
+  ISelections: array of UTF8String;
+  SelectValue: integer;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  USongs,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // key down
+    if (CurMenu = SM_Playlist_New) and (Interaction=0) then
+    begin
+      // check normal keys
+      if IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or
+         (CharCode in [Ord(' '), Ord('-'), Ord('_'), Ord('!'),
+                       Ord(','), Ord('<'), Ord('/'), Ord('*'),
+                       Ord('?'), Ord(''''), Ord('"')]) then
+      begin
+        Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text +
+                                            UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+        exit;
+      end;
+
+      // check special keys
+      case PressedKey of
+        SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+          begin
+            Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter;
+            exit;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          Visible := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          HandleReturn;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:   InteractPrev;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction=3) then
+            InteractInc;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction=3) then
+            InteractDec;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_1:
+        begin // jocker
+            // use joker
+          case CurMenu of
+            SM_Party_Main:
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(0)
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_2:
+        begin // jocker
+            // use joker
+          case CurMenu of
+            SM_Party_Main:
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(1)
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_3:
+        begin // jocker
+            // use joker
+          case CurMenu of
+            SM_Party_Main:
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(2)
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSongMenu.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  // create dummy selectslide entrys
+  SetLength(ISelections, 1);
+  ISelections[0] := 'Dummy';
+
+  AddText(Theme.SongMenu.TextMenu);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.SongMenu);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button2);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button3);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 3');
+
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, SelectValue, ISelections);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button4);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 4');
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSongMenu.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(sMenu: byte);
+begin
+  Interaction := 0; // reset interaction
+  Visible := true;  // set visible
+  case sMenu of
+    SM_Main:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_MAIN');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := true;
+        Button[2].Visible := true;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY');
+        Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CHANGEPLAYERS');
+        Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_EDIT');
+      end;
+
+    SM_PlayList:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := true;
+        Button[2].Visible := true;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY');
+        Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CHANGEPLAYERS');
+        Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_DEL');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_EDIT');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Add:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_ADD');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := true;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD_NEW');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD_EXISTING');
+
+        SetLength(ISelections, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+        PlaylistMan.GetNames(ISelections);
+
+        if (Length(ISelections)>=1) then
+        begin
+          UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 0, ISelections, SelectValue);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          Button[3].Visible := false;
+          SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+          Button[2].Visible := true;
+          Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NOEXISTING');
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_New:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_NEW');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := true;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NEW_UNNAMED');
+        Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NEW_CREATE');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_DelItem:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_DELITEM');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Load:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_LOAD');
+
+        // show delete curent playlist button when playlist is opened
+        Button[0].Visible := (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3);
+
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := true;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_DELCURRENT');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_LOAD');
+
+        SetLength(ISelections, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+        PlaylistMan.GetNames(ISelections);
+
+        if (Length(ISelections)>=1) then
+        begin
+          UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 0, ISelections, SelectValue);
+          Interaction := 3;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          Button[3].Visible := false;
+          SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+          Button[2].Visible := true;
+          Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NOEXISTING');
+          Interaction := 2;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Del:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_DEL');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Main:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PARTY_MAIN');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY');
+        //Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_JOKER');
+        //Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYMODI');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_JOKER');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Joker:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PARTY_JOKER');
+        // to-do : Party
+        Button[0].Visible := (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) AND (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft > 0);
+        Button[1].Visible := (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) AND (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft > 0);
+        Button[2].Visible := (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) AND (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft > 0);
+        Button[3].Visible := True;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := False;
+
+        if (Button[0].Visible) then
+          Button[0].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[0].Name);
+        if (Button[1].Visible) then
+          Button[1].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[1].Name);
+        if (Button[2].Visible) then
+          Button[2].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[2].Name);
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+
+        // set right interaction
+        if (not Button[0].Visible) then
+        begin
+          if (not Button[1].Visible) then
+          begin
+            if (not Button[2].Visible) then
+              Interaction := 4
+            else
+              Interaction := 2;
+          end
+          else
+            Interaction := 1;
+        end;
+
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongMenu.HandleReturn;
+begin
+  case CurMenu of
+    SM_Main:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.StartSong;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          1: // button 2
+            begin
+              // select new players then sing:
+              ScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // show add to playlist menu
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Add);
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              //Dummy
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_PlayList:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.StartSong;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          1: // button 2
+            begin
+              // select new players then sing:
+              ScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // show add to playlist menu
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_DelItem);
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              // dummy
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Add:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_New);
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              // dummy
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              PlaylistMan.AddItem(ScreenSong.Interaction, SelectValue);
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      SM_Playlist_New:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // nothing, button for entering name
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // create playlist and add song
+              PlaylistMan.AddItem(
+              ScreenSong.Interaction,
+              PlaylistMan.AddPlaylist(Button[0].Text[0].Text));
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              // cancel -> go back to add screen
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Add);
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_DelItem:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // delete
+              PlayListMan.DelItem(PlayListMan.GetIndexbySongID(ScreenSong.Interaction));
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Load:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1 (Delete playlist)
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Del);
+            end;
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              // load playlist
+              PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(SelectValue);
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Del:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // delete
+              PlayListMan.DelPlaylist(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Main:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // start singing
+              Party.CallAfterSongSelect;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              // joker
+              MenuShow(SM_Party_Joker);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Joker:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // joker team 1
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(0);
+            end;
+
+          1: // button 2
+            begin
+              // joker team 2
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(1);
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // joker team 3
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(2);
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              // cancel... (go back to old menu)
+              MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1638cd85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenStatDetail;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UIni,
+  UDataBase,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenStatDetail = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Typ:  TStatType;
+      Page: cardinal;
+      Count: byte;
+      Reversed: boolean;
+
+      TotEntrys: cardinal;
+      TotPages:  cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+
+      procedure SetTitle;
+      Procedure SetPage(NewPage: cardinal);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  Classes,
+  UGraphic,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenStatDetail.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            //Next Page
+            SetPage(Page+1);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            //Previous Page
+            if (Page > 0) then
+              SetPage(Page-1);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 2 then
+          begin
+            //Reverse Order
+            Reversed := not Reversed;
+            SetPage(Page);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 3 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenStatDetail.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.StatDetail.TextList) do
+    AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextList[I]);
+
+  Count := Length(Theme.StatDetail.TextList);
+
+  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextDescription);
+  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextPage);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatDetail);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonNext);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_NEXT'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonPrev);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_PREV'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonReverse);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_REVERSE'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Typ := TStatType(0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Tot Entrys and PAges
+  TotEntrys := DataBase.GetTotalEntrys(Typ);
+  TotPages := Ceil(TotEntrys / Count);
+
+  //Show correct Title
+  SetTitle;
+
+  //Show First Page
+  Reversed := false;
+  SetPage(0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetTitle;
+begin
+  if Reversed then
+    Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.DescriptionR[Ord(Typ)]
+  else
+    Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.Description[Ord(Typ)];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetPage(NewPage: cardinal);
+var
+  StatList: TList;
+  I: integer;
+  FormatStr: string;
+  PerPage: byte;
+begin
+  // fetch statistics
+  StatList := Database.GetStats(Typ, Count, NewPage, Reversed);
+  if ((StatList <> nil) and (StatList.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    Page := NewPage;
+
+    // reset texts
+    for I := 0 to Count-1 do
+      Text[I].Text := '';
+
+    FormatStr := Theme.StatDetail.FormatStr[Ord(Typ)];
+
+    //refresh Texts
+    for I := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do
+    begin
+      try
+        case Typ of
+          stBestScores: begin //Best Scores
+            with TStatResultBestScores(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (Score > 0) then
+              begin
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr,
+                  [Singer, Score, Theme.ILevel[Difficulty], SongArtist, SongTitle, Date]);
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          stBestSingers: begin //Best Singers
+            with TStatResultBestSingers(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (AverageScore > 0) then
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Player, AverageScore]);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          stMostSungSong: begin //Popular Songs
+            with TStatResultMostSungSong(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (Artist <> '') then
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Artist, Title, TimesSung]);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          stMostPopBand: begin //Popular Bands
+            with TStatResultMostPopBand(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (ArtistName <> '') then
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [ArtistName, TimesSungtot]);
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      except
+        on E: EConvertError do
+          Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Page + 1 = TotPages) and (TotEntrys mod Count <> 0) then
+      PerPage := (TotEntrys mod Count)
+    else
+      PerPage := Count;
+
+    try      
+      Text[Count+1].Text := Format(Theme.StatDetail.PageStr,
+          [Page + 1, TotPages, PerPage, TotEntrys]);
+    except
+      on E: EConvertError do
+        Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message);
+    end;
+
+    //Show correct Title
+    SetTitle;
+  end;
+
+  Database.FreeStats(StatList);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..204f40cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenStatMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenStatMain = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //Some Stat Value that don't need to be calculated 2 times
+      SongsWithVid: cardinal;
+      function FormatOverviewIntro(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+      function FormatSongOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+      function FormatPlayerOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+    public
+      TextOverview:    integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+
+      procedure SetOverview;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UDataBase,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  ULanguage,
+  UCommon,
+  Classes,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //Exit Button Pressed
+          if Interaction = 4 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end
+          else //One of the Stats Buttons Pressed
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            ScreenStatDetail.Typ := TStatType(Interaction);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenStatDetail);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenStatMain.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextOverview := AddText(Theme.StatMain.TextOverview);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatMain);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonScores);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[0]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonSingers);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[1]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonSongs);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[2]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonBands);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[3]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[4].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[4]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  //Set Songs with Vid
+  SongsWithVid := 0;
+  for I := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count -1 do
+    if (TSong(Songs.SongList[I]).Video.IsSet) then
+      Inc(SongsWithVid);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatMain.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Overview Text:
+  SetOverview;
+end;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.FormatOverviewIntro(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  Year, Month, Day: word;
+begin
+  {Format:
+    %0:d Ultrastar Version
+    %1:d Day of Reset
+    %2:d Month of Reset
+    %3:d Year of Reset}
+
+  Result := '';
+
+  try
+    DecodeDate(Database.GetStatReset(), Year, Month, Day);
+    Result := Format(FormatStr, [Language.Translate('US_VERSION'), Day, Month, Year]);
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+      Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_INTRO": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.FormatSongOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  CntSongs, CntSungSongs, CntVidSongs: integer;
+  MostPopSongArtist, MostPopSongTitle: UTF8String;
+  StatList: TList;
+  MostSungSong: TStatResultMostSungSong;
+begin
+  {Format:
+    %0:d Count Songs
+    %1:d Count of Sung Songs
+    %2:d Count of UnSung Songs
+    %3:d Count of Songs with Video
+    %4:s Name of the most popular Song}
+
+  CntSongs := Songs.SongList.Count;
+  CntSungSongs := Database.GetTotalEntrys(stMostSungSong);
+  CntVidSongs := SongsWithVid;
+
+  StatList := Database.GetStats(stMostSungSong, 1, 0, false);
+  if ((StatList <> nil) and (StatList.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    MostSungSong := StatList[0];
+    MostPopSongArtist := MostSungSong.Artist;
+    MostPopSongTitle := MostSungSong.Title;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    MostPopSongArtist := '-';
+    MostPopSongTitle := '-';
+  end;
+  Database.FreeStats(StatList);
+
+  Result := '';
+  
+  try
+    Result := Format(FormatStr, [
+        CntSongs, CntSungSongs, CntSongs-CntSungSongs, CntVidSongs,
+        MostPopSongArtist, MostPopSongTitle]);
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+      Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_SONG": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.FormatPlayerOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  CntPlayers: integer;
+  BestScoreStat:    TStatResultBestScores;
+  BestSingerStat:   TStatResultBestSingers;
+  BestPlayer, BestScorePlayer: UTF8String;
+  BestPlayerScore, BestScore: integer;
+  SingerStats, ScoreStats: TList;
+begin
+  {Format:
+    %0:d Count Players
+    %1:s Best Player
+    %2:d Best Players Score
+    %3:s Best Score Player
+    %4:d Best Score}
+
+  CntPlayers := Database.GetTotalEntrys(stBestSingers);
+
+  SingerStats := Database.GetStats(stBestSingers, 1, 0, false);
+  if ((SingerStats <> nil) and (SingerStats.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    BestSingerStat := SingerStats[0];
+    BestPlayer := BestSingerStat.Player;
+    BestPlayerScore := BestSingerStat.AverageScore;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    BestPlayer := '-';
+    BestPlayerScore := 0;
+  end;
+  Database.FreeStats(SingerStats);
+
+  ScoreStats  := Database.GetStats(stBestScores, 1, 0, false);
+  if ((ScoreStats <> nil) and (ScoreStats.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    BestScoreStat := ScoreStats[0];
+    BestScorePlayer := BestScoreStat.Singer;
+    BestScore := BestScoreStat.Score;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    BestScorePlayer := '-';
+    BestScore := 0;
+  end;
+  Database.FreeStats(ScoreStats);
+
+  Result := '';
+
+  try
+    Result := Format(Formatstr, [
+        CntPlayers, BestPlayer, BestPlayerScore,
+        BestScorePlayer, BestScore]);
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+      Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_PLAYER": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatMain.SetOverview;
+var
+  Overview: UTF8String;
+begin
+  // Format overview
+  Overview := FormatOverviewIntro(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_INTRO')) + '\n \n' + 
+              FormatSongOverview(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_SONG')) + '\n \n' + 
+              FormatPlayerOverview(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_PLAYER'));
+  Text[0].Text := Overview;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to high(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..705d1e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VideoPreview/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenTop5;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenTop5 = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextLevel:       integer;
+      TextArtistTitle: integer;
+      DifficultyShow:  integer;
+
+      StaticNumber:    array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextNumber:      array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextName:        array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextScore:       array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextDate:        array[1..5] of integer;
+
+      Fadeout:         boolean;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure DrawScores(difficulty: integer);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UDataBase,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenTop5.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if PressedDown then
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (not Fadeout) then
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+            Fadeout := true;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          inc(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow>2) then
+            DifficultyShow:=0;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          dec(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow<0) then
+            DifficultyShow:=2;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          inc(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow>2) then
+            DifficultyShow:=0;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          dec(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow<0) then
+            DifficultyShow:=2;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_SYSREQ:
+        begin
+          Display.SaveScreenShot;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenTop5.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer;
+                                BtnDown: boolean;
+				X, Y: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) and BtnDown then
+    //left-click anywhere sends return
+    ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenTop5.Create;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Top5);
+
+  TextLevel       := AddText(Theme.Top5.TextLevel);
+  TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Top5.TextArtistTitle);
+
+  for I := 0 to 4 do
+  begin
+    StaticNumber[I+1] := AddStatic(Theme.Top5.StaticNumber[I]);
+    TextNumber[I+1]   := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextNumber[I]);
+    TextName[I+1]     := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextName[I]);
+    TextScore[I+1]    := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextScore[I]);
+    TextDate[I+1]     := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextDate[I]);
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenTop5.OnShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+  PMax: integer;
+  sung: boolean; //score added? otherwise in wasn't sung!
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  sung := false;
+  Fadeout := false;
+  DifficultyShow := Ini.Difficulty;
+
+  //ReadScore(CurrentSong);
+
+  PMax := Ini.Players;
+  if PMax = 4 then
+    PMax := 5;
+  for I := 0 to PMax do
+  begin
+    if (Round(Player[I].ScoreTotalInt) > 0) and (ScreenSing.SungToEnd) then
+    begin
+      DataBase.AddScore(CurrentSong, Ini.Difficulty, Ini.Name[I], Round(Player[I].ScoreTotalInt));
+      sung:=true;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if sung then
+    DataBase.WriteScore(CurrentSong);
+  DataBase.ReadScore(CurrentSong);
+
+  Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title;
+
+  for I := 1 to Length(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty]) do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := true;
+
+    Text[TextName[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Name;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Score);
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Date;
+  end;
+
+  for I := Length(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty]) + 1 to 5 do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  Text[TextLevel].Text := IDifficulty[Ini.Difficulty];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenTop5.DrawScores(difficulty: integer);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to Length(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty]) do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := true;
+
+    Text[TextName[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Name;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Score);
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Date;
+  end;
+
+  for I := Length(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty]) + 1 to 5 do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  Text[TextLevel].Text := IDifficulty[difficulty];
+end;
+
+function TScreenTop5.Draw: boolean;
+//var
+{
+  Min:     real;
+  Max:     real;
+  Factor:  real;
+  Factor2: real;
+
+  Item:    integer;
+  P:       integer;
+  C:       integer;
+}
+begin
+  // Singstar - let it be...... with 6 statics
+(*
+  if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+  begin
+    for Item := 4 to 6 do
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then P := Item-4;
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then P := Item-1;
+
+      FillPlayer(Item, P);
+{
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        LoadColor(
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColR,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColG,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColB,
+          'P1Dark');
+      end;
+
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        LoadColor(
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColR,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColG,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColB,
+          'P4Dark');
+      end;
+}
+    end;
+  end;
+*)
+
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+end.